You are on page 1of 288

BOSTON COLLEGE

Lynch School of Education

Department of
Education and Higher Education

Program
Educational Administration

THE IMPACT OF A PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM ON


TEACHERS’ WORK WITH ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS

Dissertation
by

JOHN C. HARUTUNIAN

submitted in partial fulfillment


of the requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Education

May, 2007

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
UMI N um ber: 3 2 6 2 8 0 9

C opyright 2 0 0 7 by
H arutunian, J o h n C.

All rights re s e rv e d .

INFORMATION TO U S E R S

T h e quality of this reproduction is d e p e n d e n t up on t h e quality of th e copy


subm itted. B roken or indistinct print, colored or p o o r quality illustrations a n d
p h o to g ra p h s , print b leed -throu gh , s u b s t a n d a r d m argins, a n d im proper
alignm ent c a n a d v e rs e ly affect reproduction.
In th e unlikely e v e n t th a t th e a u th o r did not s e n d a c o m p le te m a n u scrip t
a n d th e r e a r e m issing p a g e s , t h e s e will b e noted. Also, if u nau th o riz ed
copyright m aterial h a d to b e re m o v e d , a n o te will indicate th e deletion.

UMI
UMI Microform 3 2 6 2 8 0 9

Copyright 2 0 0 7 by P r o Q u e s t Information a n d Learning C o m p an y .

All rights re s e rv e d . This microform edition is p ro te c te d a g a in s t

u n au th o riz ed copying u n d e r Title 17, United S t a t e s C od e.

P r o Q u e s t Information a n d Learning C o m p a n y
3 0 0 North Z e e b R o ad
P.O. Box 1346
Ann Arbor, Ml 4 8 1 0 6 -1 3 4 6

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
© Copyright by John Harutunian
2007

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
BOSTON COLLEGE
Lynch Graduate School of Education

The dissertation of

John Harutunian

titled

T h e I m p a c t o f a P r o f e s s io n a l D e v e l o p m e n t P r o g r a m o n
T e a c h e r s ' W o r k w it h E n g l is h La n g u a g e L e a r n e r s

submitted to the Lynch School of Education in partial


fulfillment of the requirements for the deg ree of:

D o c to r of E d u c a t io n

h a s been read and approved by the Committee;

Date March 13, 2 0 0 7

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
ABSTRACT

THE IMPACT OF A PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM ON


TEACHERS’ WORK WITH ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS

by

John C. Harutunian

Dissertation Director: Dr. Irwin Blumer, Ed.D.

The number of English language learners in schools in the United States has

dramatically increased in the last thirty years; today there are over 4.7 million English

language learners (Fix & Passel, 2003). Researchers and theorists cite a range of skills

and knowledge that all teachers should have in order to create optimum classroom

conditions for English language learners (Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006; Echevarria

et. al. (2004); Montecel & Cortez, 2002; Fillmore & Snow, 2002; Brisk et al., 2002;

Nieto, 2000; Gonzalez & Darling-Hammond, 1997; Delpit, 1995; Chamot & O'Malley,

1994; Cummins, 1981). Despite the dramatic increase of English language learners, only

a small proportion of K-12 teachers have received any type of professional development

targeted for these students (National Center of Educational Statistics, 2002).

This qualitative case study examined how the development of a teacher

professional development program called the English Language Learner Study Group

affected teachers’ understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of

English language learners and impacted the teacher’s perceptions of their instructional

practice. Eight volunteer teachers and one program leader engaged in three dimensions of

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
professional development: formal classroom courses, monthly study group meetings and

participation in a mentoring program targeting English language learners.

Data instruments included teacher interviews and questionnaires and researcher

field notes. The principal findings from the study showed: 1) the professional

development program dramatically improved the teachers’ understanding of the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners; 2) the

teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice improved as a result of the program;

3) the lack of time emerged as an important factor in constraining teachers’ professional

growth; 4) panel discussions involving high school English language learners who shared

their personal histories and school experiences enriched the teachers’ understanding of

the challenges that many English language learners face in schools.

Findings from this study are consistent with current research literature on

effective teacher professional development for English language learners.

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to thank Boston College and the Massachusetts Elementary School

Principals’ Association for this special doctoral program. This program has transformed

me into a more thoughtful and poised leader and has helped me find my own voice as an

advocate for equity in academic opportunities for all children in public schools.

I thank especially Dr. Irwin Blumer, Dr. Robert J. Starratt and Dr. Diane Pullin

for the readings, class discussions and projects that elevated my thinking and

understanding o f the critical issues tied to educational leadership. I am grateful for Dr.

James Marini’s constant support and suggestions throughout every step of the process for

writing this dissertation.

I also feel indebted to my cohort and especially all the members of my cluster:

Michelle Gomes, Irene Hawley, Victor Mercurio and Melissa Peterson. Your experiences

and perspectives on educational issues helped transform me into a more thoughtful

leader; I will always treasure the laughter and companionship that we shared as a team.

To Joanne Lewis, my trusted colleague and dear friend, I thank you for helping me

maintain a healthy balance between the job, the program, and my family.

I thank the volunteer teachers in this study for their flexibility and commitment to

the English Language Learner Study Group. I am humbled by the energy and heart that

each of you gave of yourselves to make this project a success. I thank Dawn P.

Mendelsohn for the resources she provided for the study group and Sybil Schlesinger for

her assistance in designing the mentoring program. Also, I want to express my gratitude

for the support from my colleagues Megan Quinlan, Dr. Susan McGilvray-Rivet, Juan

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
Rodriguez, Bill Paquette and Barbara Rappaport. Finally, I wish to thank Esta Montano

and Dr. Sara Hamerla for the hours of time that they committed to this study; their expert

suggestions and constant moral support helped me immeasurably during the entirety of

the project. Thank you!

DEDICATION

I dedicate this dissertation to my family who supported me through the entirety of

this doctoral program. To Juan and Ximena, thank you for your help caring for my family

while I worked on the project. To Ximena Viteri, your assistance with the transcriptions

will never be forgotten. To my sister, Robin, thank you for giving me the confidence and

the love to pursue graduate school. To my father, Harold, for the loving generosity

demonstrated by the hours you spent by my side helping me clarify my ideas for the

study. Thank you Dad. And to my mom and brother, Katherine and Peter, thank you for

your love and support.

Most importantly, to my wife, Mona. I could not have survived this program

without your encouragement. Thank you for always believing in me even when I doubted

myself. jMi Vidita - te quiero tanto!

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABSTRACT
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS i
DEDICATION ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS iii

CHAPTER ONE: STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM


Introduction 1
Statement of the Problem 7
Purpose of the Study 8
Research Questions 9
Theoretical Rationale 9
Significance of the Study 13
Research Design 13
Limitations of the Study 15
Definitions of Terms 17
Overview of the Study 19

CHAPTER TWO: REVIEW OF LITERATURE


Introduction 21
Background and Rationale for Designing Teacher Professional
Development Programs 21

Recommended Areas for Professional Development of Mainstream


Teachers to Address Sociocultural, Linguistic and Instructional Needs
of English Language Learners 29

Sociocultural Needs 29
Linguistic Needs 35
Instructional Needs 43

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
IV

Effective Professional Development Designs, Study Groups and


Mentoring Programs 52

Effective Professional Development Designs 52


Study Groups 61
Mentoring Programs 63
Conclusion 73

CHAPTER THREE: RESEARCH DESIGN


Introduction 76
Research Design and Rationale 76
Research Questions 81
Research Hypothesis 81
Variables 81
Sample Description 82
Data Gathering Procedures 85
Instruments 87
Researcher Field Notes 87
Interviews 88
Questionnaires 88
Research Methodology 89
Data Collection 90
Researcher Field Notes 91
Interviews 91
Questionnaires 92
Expert Review of Interviews and Survey Protocols 92
Data Analysis 93
Researcher Field Notes 93
Interviews 94
Questionnaires 98

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
V

Reporting the Data 98


Limitations 99
Conclusion 101

CHAPTER FOUR: FINDINGS


Introduction 102
The Site 103
English Language Learner Study Group 109
Part I: Formal Classroom Training 109
Introduction to Second Language Learning and 109
Teaching

Sociocultural Needs 110


Linguistic Needs 111
Instructional Needs 112
Understanding of the Sociocultural, Linguistic
and Instructional Needs 112
Instructional Practice 113
Summary Of Major Findings From Introduction
to Second Language and Teaching 114

Assessment Of Speaking and Listening 114

Linguistic Needs 115

Informed Instructional Practice 116

Miscellaneous Findings 118

Part II: Study Group Meetings 119


Part III: Mentoring Program 135

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
vi

Part IV: Analysis of Teacher Growth From Formal Classroom


Training, Study Group Meetings and Mentoring Program 143

Teachers’ Understanding O f Sociocultural, Linguistic


and Instructional Needs 143

Teachers’ Self-Selected Perceptions O f Their Professional


Growth 159

Teachers’ Perceptions Of Their Instructional Practice


And Instructional Needs Of English Language Learners 163

Summary of the Findings 172


Part I: Dimensions of The English Language Learner Study Group
Professional Development Program 174

Formal Classroom Training 174


Monthly Study Group Meetings 175
Mentoring Program 176
Part II: Teacher Professional Growth from Participation on
English Language Learner Study Group 177

Part III: Other Significant Findings 179


Issue of Time 179

The Power Of Student Voice In Influencing Teacher


Understanding 180

Conclusion 181

CHAPTER FIVE: SUMMARY, DISCUSSIONS, AND IMPLICATIONS


Introduction 182
Summary of Findings 183
Part I: Dimensions of The English Language Learner Study Group
Professional Development Program 184

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
v ii

Formal Classroom Training 184


Monthly Study Group Meetings 185
Mentoring Program 186
Part II: Teacher Professional Growth from Participation on
English Language Learner Study Group 187

Part III: Other Significant Findings 189


Issue of Time 189

The Power O f Student Voice In Influencing Teacher


Understanding 190

Discussion of Findings 191


Sociocultural Needs 191
Linguistic Needs 193
Instructional Needs and Instructional Practice 194
Effective Professional Development Designs 198
Study Group 200
Mentoring Program 201
Implications for Practice, Policy and Further Research 203
Implications for Practice and Policy 203
Suggested Steps for Initiating an English Language
Learner Study Group 203

Formal Classroom Training 205

Suggested Training for Pre-Service Teachers 206

Monthly Study Group Meetings 207

Mentoring Program 209

Time 212

Implications for Further Research 213


Limitations 214

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
Implications for Leadership 216

Conclusion and Recommendations 221

REFERENCES 228

APPENDICES

A Informed Consent Form 246


B ELL Study Group Teacher Survey 248
C Interview Protocol - December 250
D Interview Protocol - June 255
E Researcher Field Notes from English language learnerStudy Group
Meeting 257

F Pre-Assessment Open-Ended Questionnaire 259


G Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching
THINK-BACK Activity 261

H Questionnaire for January meeting, “Challenges growing up in a


bilingual cultural world 262

I Final Questionnaire using www.surveymonkey.com 263


J ELL Study Group Activities 264
K After School Survey 269
L Massachusetts English Language Assessment - Oral 270
M Teacher Interview of an English Language Learner 271
N Smoothed Casual Network of Training Activities and
Teacher Professional Growth 274

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
1

Chapter One

Statement of the Problem

INTRODUCTION

The United States has been in the midst of unprecedented immigration growth.

Fix & Passel (2003) reported that the number of immigrants has tripled from 10 million

in 1970 to over 31 million in 2000. As the foreign bom population surges, public schools

in the United States are witnessing a tremendous increase in the numbers of English

language learners. According to Fix & Passel (2003), 10.5 million children of

immigrants comprise 19% of all school children in K-12 education and projections

suggest that children of immigrants will make up 30% of the total school population by

2015. In 2001-2002, more than 4.7 million school-age children were considered Limited

English Proficient (Echevarria, Vogt, & Short, 2004). A student designated as Limited

English Proficient is also referred to as an English language learner. An English language

learner, commonly abbreviated as Ell, is defined as a “student whose first language is a

language other than English and who is unable to perform ordinary classroom work in

English” (M.G.L. 71 c. 71A).

While these students are labeled and identified in one group as “English language

learners” or “Limited English Proficient” these students do not share the same profile.

Many differences exist between them in terms of their national origin, language spoken,

years of previous education, literacy in their native language, and education of parents.

Some English language learners have parents who are college educated in their native

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
countries and work in professional positions in the United States. Other English language

learners’ parents come from rural villages with little or no formal education. They work

multiple jobs to raise their families in the United States (Echevarria et al., 2004). Some

students arrive to schools in the United States as adolescents after years of rigorous

education in their native country while others enter U.S. schools having had only

interrupted schooling. In addition, there are students who speak Latin-based languages

that help them recognize English words while others students come from countries that

use sharply different written forms like Arabic and don’t have the benefits of a familiarity

to English.

According to Zehler et al. (2003), in a national survey o f Limited English

Proficient students, Spanish is the home language spoken by 79% of all English language

learners. Also, 50% of English language learners were bom in the United States and 30%

were bom in Mexico. As part of the study, Zehler et al. (2003) found that 14% of all

English language learners have little or no English, 24% have very limited English

proficiency and 61% have limited English proficiency which means some difficulty in

English.

Prior to the enactment of Title VI in the Civil Rights Act of 1964, there were no

defined legal requirements for public schools to educate children who could not “perform

ordinary classroom work in English.” However, with the passage of the Civil Rights Act,

the law stated clearly that “no person in the United States shall, on the ground of race,

color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, be

subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
3

assistance” (Pub. L. 88-352, Title VI, § 601, July 2, 1965, 78 Stat. 252). Because the

public schools received federal assistance, the enactment of Title VI drastically changed

the school districts’ legal responsibilities towards English language learners.

In the landmark case, Lau v. Nichols in 1974, a group of 1,800 non-English-

speaking Chinese students brought a class suit against the San Francisco Unified School

District and sought relief against unequal educational opportunities. After being denied

relief at the district court level and again at the Court of Appeals, the Supreme Court

decided based “solely on 601 [Title VI] of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 ... to reverse the

Court of Appeals” (Alexander & Alexander, 2005, p.360). The decision was based on

Justice William Douglass’ declaration that there is “no equality of treatment merely by

providing students with the same facilities, textbooks, teachers, and curriculum, for

students who do not understand English are effectively foreclosed from any meaningful

education” (Alexander & Alexander, 2005, p.360). He also added, “Basic English skills

are at the very core of what these public schools teach. Imposition of a requirement that,

before a child can effectively participate in the educational program, he must already

have acquired those basic skills is to make a mockery of public education” (Alexander &

Alexander, 2005, p.360).

However, despite the enactment of the Lau Remedies in public school districts

across the U.S., there are still several persisting inequities in the education for English

language learners. Beykont (2002) describes several systemic factors that negatively

impact the educational experience of English language learners. First, English language

learners frequently attend underfunded, urban schools that lack adequate educational

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
4

resources (National Center for Education Statistics, 1997; Ruiz-de-Velasco & Fix, 2000).

English language learners discover that their home cultures and languages are viewed

negatively by the schools. Many students are sent to low-track or special education and/or

denied access to challenging courses for college preparation (Beykont, 2000; Mehan,

Villanueva, Hubbard, & Lintz, 1994). The curriculum is not connected to the daily

experiences of many of these students nor builds on their prior, culturally based

knowledge (Berriz, 2000; Nielsen & Beykont, 1997). Furthermore, students are expected

to learn to understand the kind of thinking that is expected of them in the U.S. system of

education as well as figure out how to balance the differences in their home culture and

family beliefs with what they learn at school (Mehan, 1979; Tharp & Galimore, 1988).

Further complicating matters for English language learners is that with the passage of

English Only laws in several states such as Arizona, California, and Massachusetts, many

educational programs and services designed to address the English language learners’

linguistic and academic needs have been eliminated (Beykont, 2002).

As a result of these systemic obstacles, English language learners have been

placed into mainstream classrooms without support and with teachers who lack

certification or relevant training in working with English language learners. According to

the National Center for Education Statistics (2002), only 13 percent of teachers have

received any professional development targeted for English language learners. Without

adequate training, the instructional practices of teachers remain mainly based on the

techniques and strategies that are used for teaching native English speakers (Macias,

1998; Menken & Antunez, 2001).

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
5

As a consequence of these inequities and systemic obstacles English language

learners are “falling behind” native English speakers. There are several indicators that

demonstrate that English language learners are underperforming academically as

compared to native English speakers. English language learners perform lower on state

and national standardized assessments and experience much higher school dropout rates

(Snow and Biancarosa, 2003). Fry (2003) found in his study that Hispanic students aged

sixteen to nineteen who judged themselves as not speaking English well were four times

more likely to drop out of high school than were their peers who spoke English well.

Albus, Thurlow, and Liu (2002) found that in Massachusetts, according to state reporting

data from the 1999-2000 Massachusetts Comprehensive Assessment Scales (MCAS),

only 10% of English language learners met the math proficiency level in math in fourth

grade, 8% in eighth grade and 10% in tenth grade. The MCAS results among English

language learners in science and technology was similarly low - only 5% of eighth

graders reached proficiency and a mere 3% in tenth grade (Albus et al., 2002). In a more

recent report, Sullivan et. al (2005) found that the cumulative pass rate of English

language learners in Massachusetts was 18 percentage points lower than all other students

as a whole according to 2003-2004 test data. Besides the cumulative pass rate data,

Massachusetts’ English language learners’ initial pass rate on exit exams in mathematics

was 24 percentage points lower than all students and 41 percentage points lower than all

students in the English Language Arts exam that includes both reading and writing.

This lower student achievement threatens the strength and future competitiveness

of the United States in the growing knowledge-based global economy. According to the

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
National Center for Education Statistics (2001), one of the conclusions was that adults

who are not fluent and literate in English are “less likely to be employed and when they

are employed they earn lower wages than individuals who are fluent and literate in

English” (p. 120).

Also, Sum, Urin, Khati Wada, and Ansel (2005), concluded that “the link

between a person’s ability to speak English and their ability to succeed in the

Massachusetts economy is clear and indisputable” (p. 10). The report identified three

specific skills needed to succeed in the knowledge economy: 1) at least a high school

diploma, 2) the ability to speak at an English proficiency level, and 3) strong literacy and

numeracy skills including the ability to complete tasks such as calculating the interest

owed on a hypothetical loan. The report concluded that 467,147 or 71 percent of

Massachusetts’s adult immigrants do not possess at least one of these three skills and are

therefore not prepared to participate in the knowledge economy. The report also

identified the economic importance of immigrants receiving a strong education. The

report cites that the average annual earnings of immigrants holding a college degree is

$40,179 compared with only $14,687 for immigrant high school dropouts. The number of

high-paying jobs for high school dropouts and high school graduates without post­

secondary education is declining considerably in the new economy.

At the national level, during an address to Congress in 2005, Alan Greenspan, the

former Federal Reserve Bank Chairman warned that it is essential to strengthen

elementary and secondary schooling across the United States to “reduce the relative

excess of lesser-skilled workers and enhance the number of skilled workers by expediting

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
7

the acquisition of skills by all students” (p.6). He explained that if schools don’t help

close the achievement gap between those with higher skills and others with low skills a

wage gap could grow and the resentment that could result from this gap could threaten

the stability and social harmony in the society.

STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM

Public schools exist to educate all students and help them develop their higher-

level thinking skills to become productive members of the society. Unfortunately, the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners are not being

adequately addressed in the current model of U.S. schools (Beykont, 2002; Nieto, 2000;

Fillmore & Snow, 2002). Today, a majority of mainstream teachers - untrained,

inexperienced and uncertified are working with a growing population of English

language learners that make up just under one out of every five students in public schools

(Reeves, 2006). Unfortunately, there are several indicators that demonstrate that this lack

of teacher training and professional development regarding the sociocultural, linguistic

and instructional needs of English language learners is one of the explanations for

English language learners’ low achievement on standardized exams and higher high

school drop-out rate as compared to European American and native English speakers

(Beykont, 2002; Echevarria et al., 2004).

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
8

PURPOSE OF THE STUDY

This study assessed the effectiveness of one school’s attempt to implement a

professional development program training mainstream teachers to better address the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners. The focus

of this professional development program called the English Language Learner Study

Group was centered on three forms of teacher training: Massachusetts Department of

Education sponsored formal classroom trainings, monthly English language learner study

group meetings and participation in an English language learner mentoring program.

Specifically, the study sought to determine whether these three forms of training

informed the teachers’ understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional

needs of English language learners, and whether the teachers developed a perception of

an increased use of instructional strategies to address the needs of English language

learners.

In this study, English language learner is the term that was used to refer to a

“student whose first language is a language other than English and who is unable to

perform ordinary classroom work in English.” (Massachusetts Department of Education,

2003).

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
9

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

The research for this project will be guided by the following research questions:

1. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ understanding of the
sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners?

2. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ perceptions of their
instruction?

THEORETICAL RATIONALE

This research focused on the design of a professional development program for

training mainstream teachers on strategies for addressing the sociocultural, linguistic and

instructional needs of English language learners. According to the Council o f Chief State

School Officers ’ Immigrant students and secondary school reform: Compendium o f best

practices, adolescent English language learners can be successful when educators are

able to create an academically challenging multicultural and multilingual classroom

environment (Spaulding, Carolino, and Amen, 2004).

Elmore (2003) explained that the characteristics of effective professional

development designs include training that is collaborative, directed at large-scale

improvement, committed for long-term growth, takes place in close proximity to the

work itself, and is evaluated on improvement of student achievement over time. Elmore

emphasized the importance of teachers being engaged in work that is “rewarding in some

immediate, personal way, but that also encourages collaborative work around the shared

purposes of the organization” (Elmore, 2003, p. 22). Darling-Hammond (1997) identified

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
10

teacher expertise as one of the most important factors for improving schools and

describes how innovations succeed when teachers believe in it and they are given the

training and knowledge to implement it.

The research focused on three central premises. First, teachers need to understand

the research-based principles of second language acquisition development as part of

English language learners’ linguistics needs (Cummins, 2000; Thomas & Collier, 2002;

Fillmore & Snow, 2002; Spaulding et al., 2004). Cummins (1984) proposed that

“language proficiency” be broken down into two parts: basic everyday conversational

language and academic language. The BICS (Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills)

are the skills required to participate in social, everyday conversation while the CALPS

(Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency) are the language skills required to

understand increased, distinct vocabulary used especially in written English without

auditory and non-verbal cues as well as language with little or no context. These

represent the two different dimensions of language proficiency. While it is common for

English language learners to acquire basic interpersonal communication skills in one to

two years, research has shown that it takes most learners five to seven years before they

approach grade norms in their second language in terms of academic skills (Cummins,

2005). Therefore, teachers must have an understanding of how language plays a role in

academic content learning and the importance of providing students the instructional

support and attention to acquire the structures for it (Cummins, 1981; Thomas & Collier,

2002). Furthermore, Fillmore & Snow (2002, p.9) urge that a “thorough grounding in

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
educational linguistics would support teachers’ undertakings overall” and would help

them teach literacy skills with English language learners.

The second major premise was that teachers must acquire an understanding of

English language learners’ sociocultural needs. Teachers must be shown how to learn

about their students’ cultures, family background and native language and how to

incorporate this into their instruction (Cazden & Mehan, 1990; Trueba, 1989; Garcia,

1993; Brisk et. al., 2002; Gonzalez & Hammond, 2000). Zeichner (2003) explained that

teachers must utilize scaffolding between the cultures of the school and the home to make

curriculum and instruction more responsive and relevant to what is important in students’

home cultures. Furthermore, teachers must learn how to incorporate culture and

language-sensitive practices so that all students feel respect for their cultural backgrounds

(Zeichner, 2003; Gay, 2000; Nieto, 2002). As part of this process for understanding the

cultures of their own students, teachers need a clear understanding of their own ethnic

and cultural identities and their own cultural biases as those may influence their

expectations and judgments about student performance (King, 1991, Zeichner, 2003).

The third premise was that teachers be equipped with instructional strategies that

are appropriate and effective for improving English language learners’ achievement. One

area o f research showed that incorporating a language-development component into

content instruction resulted in better curriculum access and higher achievement between

English language learners (Berman, Minicucci, McLaughlin, Nelson, & Woodworth,

1995; Echevarria et al., 2004; Minicucci, 1996). Also, promotion of positive interactions

between teachers and students have been found to be an important instructional objective

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
12

in producing high-level academic outcomes with English language learners (Strong,

1983). Fillmore (1991) and Lindholm-Leary & Borsato (2006) identified that one of the

main conditions that contribute to children being successful learning English in school

was that they must interact directly and frequently with other students and adults who

know English well enough to demonstrate how it is used correctly. High quality

exchanges between teachers and students also gave English language learners better

access to the curriculum. (Berman et al., 1995; Doherty, Hilberg, Pinal, Tharp, 2003;

Montecel and Cortez, 2002; Tikunoff, 1985). Furthermore, an instructional approach

utilizing cooperative learning groups helped English language learners reach higher

levels of achievement (Calderon, Hertz-Lazarowitz, and Slavin, 1998; Calderon,

Tinajero, and Hertz-Lazarowitz, 1992) and was a characteristic of effective programs for

English language learners (Berman et al., 1995; Doherty et al., 2003; Montecel and

Cortez, 2002).

Research-based instructional models for increasing academic achievement of

English language learners emphasize the integration of language, content and learning

strategy instruction. These models emphasize the importance of instruction based on

building on students’ prior conceptual and linguistic knowledge, teacher modeling and

scaffolding, teacher-student dialogue on thinking and learning strategies and quality

interactions between English language learners and English only students in the form of

cooperative grouping (Chamot, O'Malley, & Ktipper, 1992; Echevarria et. al., 2004).

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
13

SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

This study sought to discover the impact of a three dimensional professional

development program on the teachers’ understanding of sociocultural, linguistic and

instructional needs of English language learners and the impact on the teachers’

perceptions of their instruction.

Findings from the study provided a means to evaluate the impact of a professional

development program, which included two Department of Education formal classroom

trainings, the mentoring of one English language learner and participation in monthly

study meetings. Findings on the individual participant’s understanding, behavior or

actions provided insight and essential information to determine how the professional

development program could be modified for future implementation in other middle

school settings.

RESEARCH DESIGN

This research was designed as a qualitative case study to determine the impact

that a professional development program had on eight middle school teachers’

understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language

learners, and the impact of the teachers’ perceptions of their instruction at Nations Middle

School.

A qualitative methodology was chosen for its strengths in gathering information

and data in context, “The decision to focus on qualitative case studies stems from the fact

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
14

that this design is chosen precisely because researchers are interested in insight,

discovery, and interpretation rather than hypothesis testing” (Merriam, 1998, p.29).

Each of the eight teachers was considered a case. The researcher constructed each

case by documenting where the teachers were at the beginning of the study, what was

going on during the study and how they felt at the end of the study in terms of their

understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language

learners in terms of the teachers’ perception of their instruction. The researcher collected

this data through the use of pre and post interviews, questionnaires that were given

numerous times during the study, and by researcher field notes that documented formal

discussion with the teachers during study group meetings and informal individual

conversations with teachers throughout the study.

The researcher then conducted a cross-case analysis by comparing the similarities

and differences among the eight teachers on a few of the most relevant themes that

emerged from this analysis.

The research design that was used for the study was a semistructured case study

approach. According to Yin (1989), a case study is:

an empirical study that investigates a contemporary phenomenon within its real-


life context; when the boundaries between phenomenon and context are not
clearly evident; and in which multiple sources of evidence are used (p.23).

Through a variety of data sources including researcher field notes, interviews, and

questionnaires the researcher as participant and as observer sought to discover the

changes in teachers’ understanding, and changes in teachers’ perceptions of their

instructional practice as a result of their participation in the professional development

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
15

program. The stimulus for teachers’ learning was the development and implementation of

a professional development program that was centered on training teachers to better

address the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners.

The outcomes were the changes in the teachers’ understanding of sociocultural, linguistic

and instructional needs of English language learners measured by researcher field notes,

questionnaires and interviews and the changes in the teachers’ perception of their

instructional practice for English language learners measured by researcher field notes,

questionnaires and interviews.

LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

There were several limitations and threats to internal validity in this study. First,

the size of the sample, eight teachers from one school inhibits the potential for making

the findings of the study generalizable beyond how the study might help improve the

professional development at this one school. Second, while the selection process for

choosing the teachers was completely voluntary, the researcher deliberately recruited

teachers who demonstrated a sincere interest and enthusiasm in the learning needs of

English language learners and represented a variety of content areas.

There were other limitations to this study. The researcher recognized that the

participating teachers were aware of their role as active participants in the research.

Consequently, there is a possibility that participants responded or behaved in inauthentic

ways according to the “Hawthorne effect” (Suter, 1998). Therefore, it is possible that the

attitudes and opinions that were recorded, reviewed and analyzed may not have exactly

R ep ro d u ced with p erm ission o f th e copyright ow ner. Further reproduction prohibited w ithout perm ission.
16

reflected all of the authentic thoughts of each of the participants. The researcher

attempted to minimize this limitation by emphasizing repeatedly to the participants that

the study’s credibility depended on the participants’ consistent honest and sincere

feedback about the professional development program.

The researcher also acknowledges the possibility for his own bias towards

highlighting the positive responses from the teachers regarding the beneficial effects of

the English Language Learners Study Group and downplaying the negative aspects since

the researcher was also the originator and leader of the study group. Efforts were made to

minimize this through the use of neutral individuals unaffiliated with the study to review

the questionnaires, interviews and field notes. There were also other individuals who

helped review the data.

Another limitation is that the researcher was the principal collector of the data. As

the Department Head of ESL/Bilingual Programs and member of the school’s leadership

team, there may have been a perception among the participants that the researcher had

institutional authority over them. As a result of this perception, there is the possibility that

the participants may have responded in inauthentic ways. Also, the researcher is mindful

that participants may have felt hesitant or preoccupied that their participation in the study

could have affected their evaluation despite the researcher’s assurances that participation

would have no effect on their evaluation.

A final limitation is that most of the data instruments including the questionnaires

and interviews were researcher designed. As a result, there may have been threats to

internal validity and reliability. To emphasize consistency, dependability and validity, the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
17

use of triangulation was utilized to enhance internal validity. Triangulation is the process

of using “multiple investigators, multiple sources of data, or multiple methods to confirm

the emerging findings” (Merriam, p.204).

DEFINITION OF TERMS

Academic language - Language used in formal contexts for academic subjects. The
aspect of language connected with literacy and academic achievement. This includes
technical and academic terms.

English language learner - A student who is in the process of acquiring English and
whose native language is not English or who comes from a background where a language
other than English is spoken. These students may also be identified as Limited English
Proficient (LEP). The Massachusetts General Laws 71 c 71A defines an English language
learner as “a national origin minority student who is limited English proficient”
(Massachusetts Department of Education [DOE], 2004).

Sheltered English Instruction - An instructional approach used to make academic


instruction in English understandable to English language learners. In the sheltered
classroom, teachers use physical activities, visual aids, and the environment to teach
vocabulary for concept development in mathematics, science, social studies, and other
subject (Massachusetts G.L. 71 c 71A).

Graphic Organizers - Visual non-linguistic representations (such as T-charts, Venn


diagrams, story maps) that help students organize information into specific patterns (such
as description, time-sequence, cause-effect).

Prior knowledge - The student’s experience or academic background that relates to new
knowledge or skills. Knowledge of the student’s prior experience can assist the teacher
and the learner in planning instruction and applying learning strategies.

Rubric - Statements that describe indicators of performance, which include scoring


criteria, on a continuum; may be described as “developmental” (e.g., emergent,
beginning, developing, proficient) or “evaluative” (e.g., exceptional, thorough, adequate,
inadequate).

Scaffolding - Adult (e.g., teacher) support for learning and student performance of the
tasks through instruction, modeling, questioning, feedback and graphic organizers. These
supports are gradually withdrawn, thus transferring more and more autonomy to the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
18

child. Scaffolding activities provide support for learning that can be removed as learners
are able to demonstrate strategic behaviors in their own learning activities.

Language proficiency - An individual’s competence in using a language for basic


communication and for academic purposes. May be categorized as stages of language
acquisition.

Massachusetts English Language Assessment-Oral (MELA-O) - This scale or rubric


helps teachers assess their students’ comprehension production of English. It is to be
used as part of an overall assessment of an English language learner’s reading, writing,
speaking and listening abilities in English. (Please see Appendix L).

Vocabulary - Small units in the meaning system of a language, also known as lexical
items, which can be distinguished from other similar units. Some are words, some are
groups of words, some are idioms (MELA-0 handbook).

Sociocultural needs - English language learners learn a new culture when they enter
American schools (Reiss, 2005). The instructors of English language learners must be
aware of the potential for cross-cultural misunderstandings between teacher and student.
By developing an awareness of culture as a determinant of a student’s response,
instructors will be more prepared to overcome misunderstood areas of communication.

Linguistic needs - English language learners require numerous opportunities to practice


and utilize listening, speaking, writing and reading skills to become proficient in English
(Echevarria, et. al., 2004). The instructors of these students must understand fundamental
second language theory including the difference between the Basic Interpersonal
Communication Skills (BICS) and the English required to do academic work. The
English required to do academic work is referred to as the Cognitive Academic Language
Proficiency skills (CALPS).

Instructional needs - Specific instructional strategies are recommended for all teachers of
English language learners. These instructional strategies include the following:
• Building academic English and content vocabulary
• Integrating scaffolding techniques to assist English language learners with long­
term projects including the use of graphic organizers, visuals and teacher “think
alouds.”
• Incorporating strategies for activating the prior knowledge that English language
learners have on a topic before beginning the lesson.
• Utilizing specific classroom grouping strategies and cooperative learning to
promote more active learning.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
19

OVERVIEW OF THE STUDY

The dissertation study was divided into five major chapters that presented the

research designed to investigate the implications of developing and implementing a

professional development program training mainstream teachers to better address the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of their English language learners.

Chapter One provided an introduction for the study as well as research questions, a brief

theoretical rationale, significance of the study, a research design, limitations of the study

and definitions of terms relevant to the study.

Chapter Two provided a review of related literature that built the theoretical

rationale for the study. The review of literature began with a background and rationale for

designing teacher professional development programs, which target the needs of English

language learners. Next, the review provided an examination of the recommended areas

for professional development of mainstream teachers to address the sociocultural,

linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners. Lastly, the review

examined the effective practices for professional development which included

components of effective professional development designs, effective practices of study

groups and the characteristics of effective mentoring programs.

Chapter Three described the qualitative methodology of this study and rationale

for utilizing qualitative methods best suited to the areas being studied. References to

literature on qualitative research design provided a theoretical framework for

understanding qualitative methods. The sample selection and methods of data collection

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
20

were also explained. The chapter ended with a discussion of possible limitations of the

study and how the research design addressed these threats to validity.

Chapter Four presented the data and findings from the study indicating the results

from the interviews, questionnaires, and researcher field notes.

Chapter Five included a summary of the study’s findings, implications for the

development and implementation of future professional development in this school, and

insights regarding the role of the leader in facilitating this leadership project.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
21

Chapter 2

Review of the Literature

INTRODUCTION

A review o f the relevant educational literature provides a framework for this case

study of effective professional development for mainstream teachers of English language

learners. The following major themes that guide the study are presented in this chapter:

I. Background and rationale for designing teacher professional development


programs, which target the needs of English language learners.

II. Recommended areas for professional development of mainstream teachers to


address the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English
language learners.

III. Effective professional development designs, study groups and mentoring


programs.

BACKGROUND AND RATIONALE FOR DESIGNING TEACHER


PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS

The United States has been in the midst of unprecedented immigration growth.

Fix & Passel (2003) reported that the number of immigrants has tripled from 10 million

in 1970 to over 31 million in 2000. As the foreign bom population surges, public schools

in the United States are witnessing a tremendous increase in the numbers of English

language learners. According to Fix & Passel (2003), 10.5 million children of

immigrants comprise 19% of all school children in K-12 education and projections

suggest that children of immigrants will make up 30% of the total school population by

2015. In 2001-2002, more than 4.7 million school-age children were considered Limited

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
22

English Proficient (Echevarria, Vogt, & Short, 2004). A student designated as Limited

English Proficient is also referred to as an English language learner. An English language

learner, commonly abbreviated as Ell, is defined as a “student whose first language is a

language other than English and who is unable to perform ordinary classroom work in

English” (M.G.L. 71 c. 71 A).

As a result of this dramatic increase in the number of English language learners in

U.S. public school classrooms, teachers face the challenge of educating students with

different cultural and linguistic backgrounds from their own (Beykont, 2002). For

example, the huge majority of teachers remain monolingual English speakers of

European American heritage (Maxwell-Jolly & Gandara, 2002). According to the

National Center for Education Statistics (2006), 83.1% of all public school teachers are

White and only 16.9% are minority. According to Gomez’s study (as cited in Bartolome,

2002), the population of preservice teachers remain overwhelmingly White, female, and

middle-class. Furthermore, social class differences continue to widen between minority

students and teachers (Bartolome, 2002). For example, Zimpher’s study (as cited in

Bartolome, 2002) describes that while 44% of African American children and 36% of

Latino children live in poverty, most teachers come from lower-middle to middle-class

homes in rural and suburban communities.

Another challenge facing teachers in the mainstream are that most are mainly

untrained to work with this growing student population. According to the National Center

for Education Statistics (2002), only 12.5% of U.S. teachers have received eight or more

hours of recent training to teach English language learners.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
English language learners have performed lower on state and national

standardized assessments and there are much higher school dropout rates (Snow &

Biancarosa, 2003). Also, Fry (2003) found in his study that Hispanic students aged 16 to

19 who judged themselves as not speaking English well were four times more likely to

drop out of high school than were their peers who spoke English well. According to a

report Latinos in Education: Early childhood, elementary, undergraduate, graduate

(1999) published by the White House Initiative on Educational Excellence for Hispanic

Americans, the drop-out rates for Hispanics far exceeded those of blacks and whites -

30% of all Hispanics aged sixteen to twenty-four dropped out of school and among

immigrant Hispanics the dropout rate was 44% in 1998. In the latest School and Staffing

survey, the National Center for Education Statistics (2006), reported that the drop-out rate

of Hispanics was 23.8% as compared to only 6.8% of Whites.

While immigrant students are labeled and identified in one group as “English

language learners” or “Limited English Proficient” these students do not share the same

profile. Many differences exist between them in terms of their national origin, language

spoken, years of previous education, literacy in their native language, and education of

parents among others. For example, some English language learners have parents who

are college educated, professionals from the middle class in their native countries and

now working in professional positions in the United States. While other English language

learners’ parents come from remote villages with little or no formal education and low

literacy in their native language and are working multiple jobs to raise their families in

the United States (Echevarria et al., 2004). Other students speak Latin-based languages

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
24

that help them recognize English words while others students come from countries that

use sharply different written forms like Arabic and don’t have the benefits of a familiarity

to English. Also, there are language minority students who are bom in the United States,

but despite appearing to be fluent in English, they do not do well in school and drop out

at higher rates than their other foreign bom students (Echevarria et al., 2004).

Freeman, Freeman & Mercuri (2002) summarize the characteristics of three most

common types of middle and high school English language learners. The first group of

students is “newly arrived with adequate schooling” (Freeman et al., 2002, p.4). They

have arrived to the United States within the last five years and regularly attended school

in their native country. Their strong academic language and solid skills in their native

language will be transferable to their studies in content areas in English. These students

perform well in their course work, but they struggle to compete with native English

speakers on standardized tests.

The second group of older students is “newly arrived with limited formal

schooling” (Freeman et al., 2002, p.4). Many of these students come from varied

backgrounds with few school facilities. There are students from small rural communities

and others from refugee camps that might not have any schools. Also, there are students

who arrive from war-torn areas while others have home life situations where they move

frequently from one place to another. Partly because of this interrupted schooling, these

students either struggle with reading and writing in their native language or do not have

literacy skills at all. They come without basic concepts in key subject areas and can be

two years behind grade level in math. These students are faced with the challenge of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
25

learning conversational English to survive in school at the same time of developing

academic skills and knowledge to complete course work and take standardized tests.

Many of these students struggle because of the lack of academic knowledge and skills

and because of their lack of understanding of the school culture and how they are

expected to act in school.

A third group of middle and high school English language learners are those

students considered to be “long-term English learners” (Freeman et al., 2002, p.4). These

students have been in U.S. schools for seven years or more including high school students

who attended kindergarten in the U.S. Many of these students have been in and out of

ESL or bilingual programs and have often missed school for extended periods of time.

Their reading, writing and math skills are below grade level, but many still receive

passing grades when they turn in their work. Most of these students score low on

standardized tests and lack the academic English skills to compete with native English

speakers.

This lack of student achievement threatens the strength and future

competitiveness of the United States in the growing knowledge-based global economy.

According to the National Center for Education Statistics (2001) adults who are not

fluent and literate in English are “less likely to be employed and when they are employed

they earn lower wages than individuals who are fluent and literate in English” (p. 120).

According to Sum, Uvin, Khatiwada and Ansel (2005) “the link between a person’s

ability to speak English and their ability to succeed in the Massachusetts economy is clear

and indisputable” (p. 10). The report explains that three specific skills are needed to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
26

succeed in the knowledge economy: 1) at least a high school diploma, 2) the ability to

speak English proficiently, and 3) strong literacy and numeracy skills including the

ability to complete tasks such as calculating the interest owed on a hypothetical loan. The

report concluded that 467,147 or 71 percent of Massachusetts’s adult immigrants do not

possess at least one of these three skills and are therefore not prepared to participate in

the knowledge economy. The report also identified the economic importance of

immigrants receiving a strong education. The report cites that the average annual

earnings of immigrants holding a college degree is $40,179 compared with only $14,687

for immigrant high school dropouts and that the number of high-paying for high school

dropouts and high school graduates without post-secondary education are declining

considerably in the new economy.

At the national level, during an address to Congress in 2005, Alan Greenspan, the

former Federal Reserve Bank Chairman warned that it is essential to strengthen

elementary and secondary schooling across the United States to “reduce the relative

excess of lesser-skilled workers and enhance the number of skilled workers by expediting

the acquisition of skills by all students” (p.6). He explained that if schools don’t help

close the achievement gap between those with higher skills and others with low skills a

wage gap could grow and the resentment that could result from this gap could threaten

the stability and social harmony in the society.

There are several reasons that are attributed to the continued achievement gap

between English language learners and English only students. McDonnell & Hill (1993)

and Zelasko (1995) found that there is a shortage of teachers who are qualified to teach

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
27

English language learners, there are limited resources due to weak economies for

bilingual programs and there is lower federal funding from the U.S. federal government.

Extensive research has been conducted on the characteristics of effective schools

and programs serving English language learners (e.g., Battistich, Soloman, Watson, &

Schaps, 1997; Berman, Minicucci, McLaughlin, Nelson, & Woodworth, 1995; Montecel

& Cortez, 2002; Slavin & Calderon, 2001; Tikunoff, 1985). Lindholm-Leary and Borsato

(2006) analyzed eleven studies that examined program factors associated with effective

programs for English language learners (e.g. Battistich et al.; Berman et al., 1995;

Doherty, Hilberg, Pinal, Tharp, 2003; Fulton-Scott & Calvin, 1983; Lucas, Henze, &

Donato, 1990; Mehan, Hubbard, Lintz & Villanueva, 1994; Montecel & Cortez, 2002;

Ramirez, 1992; Tellez, 1998; Tikunoff, 1985 (as cited in Lindholm-Leary & Borsato,

2006).

• The educational staff believed that “all children can learn” (Lucas et al., 1990,
Tikunoff, 1985).

• A positive school environment existed that was characterized as orderly and safe,
promoted a warm and caring community and assisted student learning (Battistich
et al., 1997, Berman et al., 1995; Montecel & Cortez, 2002).

• The curriculum was meaningful, academically challenging and promoted higher-


order thinking (Berman et al., 1995; Doherty et al., 2003; Montecel & Cortez,
2002; Ramirez, 1992; Tikunoff, 1985)

• The curriculum was thematically integrated (Montecel & Cortez, 2002) and was
aligned with standards and assessments (Doherty et al., 2003; Montecel & Cortez,
2002)

• The program utilized an instructional model based on sound theory and best
practices (Montecel & Cortez, 2002) and was sustained over time (Ramirez,
1992).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
28

• Teachers in high quality bilingual programs understood theories about


bilingualism and second-language development, as well as the goals and rationale
for the program model that they followed in their teaching (Berman et al., 1995;
Montecel & Cortez, 2002).

Research findings on effective programs for English language learners are

consistent with research of effective schools for mainstream populations. In both

circumstances, students attain higher academic achievement when they attend schools

that provide positive learning environments that integrate students and include

challenging curriculum for all students (Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006). Furthermore,

English language learners have been found to be more academically successful when

teachers understand the research-based principles of second language development

(Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006) and when they are well equipped with a wide range

of instructional strategies to socialize English language learners to mainstream culture,

teach them academic skills and develop culturally responsive classrooms that help

students connect what they need to know with their previous background knowledge

(Beykont, 2002, Delpit, 1995, Fillmore & Snow, 2000; Garcia, 1996; Gonzalez &

Darling-Hammond, 1997; Moll, 1992; Zeichner, 1996). Also, English language learners

attain greater academic achievement when they are placed in a consistent and sustained

program (Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006).

Furthermore, because of the ever increasing number of students whose home

languages and native cultures are different from the mainstream culture valued in school,

a knowledge base of these home languages and cultures must be a core component of

teacher-preparation programs and on-going professional development (Beykont, 2002).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
29

RECOMMENDED AREAS FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF


MAINSTREAM TEACHERS TO ADDRESS SOCIOCULTURAL, LINGUISTIC
AND INSTRUCTIONAL NEEDS OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS.

Having described the background and rationale for creating teacher professional

development which target the needs of English language learners, this next section

reviews the specific areas of professional development that are recommended for

mainstream teachers to effectively address the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional

needs of English language learners.

SOCIOCULTURAL NEEDS

A second area o f professional development is to help teachers address the

sociocultural needs of English language learners. A review of the current literature

describes several sociocultural needs of English language learners. These needs are based

on several factors including years and types of prior schooling, family literacy practices,

length of residence in the United States, the level of native language (LI) proficiency and

the impact that it has on learning English (L2). Furthermore, there is the factor of the

relationship that social economic status has on achievement. In response to these

sociocultural needs o f English language learners, the teacher must have knowledge and

understanding regarding culturally responsive teaching, the students’ cultural

backgrounds and home cultures, and a sense of their own ethnic and cultural identity as

well as an understanding of their own ideological orientation towards education.

Many English language learners come to U.S. schools with little formal

schooling. Many of these socially economic poor learners from Latin America come from

school systems where the emphasis is placed on educating the elite (Garcia, 1999).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
30

Schooling for these children focuses mainly on functional literacy and numeracy and very

little on cognitive tasks or advanced inquiry work (Garcia, 1999). These students are

challenged by their lack of understanding of their roles, responsibilities and expected

behavior of students and teachers. These students seem to experience less with reading,

but more with writing (Garcia, 1999).

Bartolome (2002) explains that due to changing student demographics, it is the

responsibility of all teachers to be prepared and skilled at teaching language minority

students (Gebhard, Austin, Nieto, & Willett, 2002; Maxwell-Jolly & Gandara, 2002;

Nieto, 2000).

Fillmore and Snow (2002) note that teachers must understand “children of

immigrants and native-born American children from nonmajority backgrounds may

encounter a stark disjunction between their cultural understandings and those of the

school” (p.56). Therefore, they urge teachers to act as “agents of socialization” by

learning to respect their students’ home languages and cultures, and learn to help their

students make the transition to U.S. schooling without undercutting the parents and

families’ role at home.

Zeichner (2003) adds that teachers also must have knowledge of and respect for

cultural traditions. As part of this knowledge, teachers need to understand general

sociocultural knowledge about child and adolescent development; factors of second

language acquisition (Carrasquillo & Rodriguez, 1996); the manner that socioeconomic

status, language and culture influence school performance (Cazden & Mehan, 1990;

Comer, 1988). In addition, it is important to show teachers how to learn about their

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
31

students’ cultures, family background and native language and then incorporate this into

their instruction. (Cazden & Mehan, 1990; Trueba, 1989). Furthermore, teachers need a

sense of their own ethnic and cultural identity in order to understand their students

(Zeichner, 2003). Garcia (1993) describes that teachers must have equal respect for the

values and norms of the home and community cultures as those of the school culture.

Bartolome (2002, p. 167) states, “in addition to pedagogical techniques that are

responsive to the needs of language minority students, teachers need to gain both political

clarity and ideological clarity in order to increase the chances of academic success for

their language minority students and subordinated minority students.” Also, according to

Bartolome (1998), educators who do not identify and reflect on their own negative, racist

and classist ideological orientations tend to reproduce the current social order and can

easily corrupt their own work because of unacknowledged racism. Darling-Hammond

(1997) concluded that teachers need to continually consider the purpose of schooling,

relationships between teachers and learners and attitudes and beliefs about language,

culture and race. According to Freire (1998), teachers need to have a thorough

understanding of how to have the courage to address inequities that keep down certain

populations of students and develop educational environments that are safe and effective

for all learners.

Another element that enables all students to attain high academic achievement is

through teachers’ cultural responsiveness in instruction (Zeichner, 2003; Gay, 2000).

Culturally responsive instruction is the:

incorporation of aspects of students’ languages, cultures, and daily experiences


into the academic and social context of schooling; and second the explicit

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
32

teaching of the school’s codes and customs so that students will be able to
participate fully in the social dynamic of the classroom (Zeichner, 2003, p. 101).

Teachers must utilize scaffolding between the cultures of the school and the home

to make curriculum and instruction responsive and relevant to what is important in their

students’ home cultures. These teachers understand their students’ cultural backgrounds

and adapt curriculum and instruction based on what’s important to the students in their

family backgrounds. Examples of classroom practices that support culturally responsive

instruction includes using peer learning centers and turn-taking in reading groups (Tharp

& Gallimore, 1988) and including community-related themes into classroom writing

projects (Moll & Diaz, 1987).

A second component of culturally responsiveness in instruction is the explicit

teaching of the school’s codes and customs including the culture of the classroom so that

students may participate fully in the mainstream or “culture of power” (Zeichner, 2003;

Delpit, 1988). There are several key components for accomplishing this teaching of

school codes and customs. First, the school must form a bridge between the culture of the

school and the student’s home culture. As part of this instruction, teachers can

incorporate culture and language-sensitive practices so that all students feel respect for

their cultural backgrounds (Zeichner, 2003; Gay, 2000; Nieto, 2002). Also, according to

Ovando and Collier (1998), teachers need an understanding of cultural difference theory.

This theory explains how the difference in the socio-cultural and linguistic patterns in the

home and school is a reason for English language learner underachievement. Therefore, it

is the responsibility to take this theory into consideration when planning for classroom

situations.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
33

Delpit explains that students have to be educated about the culture of power and

taught the codes and discourses necessary to acquire power. Delpit (1988, p.282)

summarizes the five aspects of power as the following: 1. Issues of power are enacted in

classrooms; 2. There are school codes and customs for participating in power; 3. The

rules of the culture of power are a reflection of the rules of the culture of those who have

power; 4. Acquiring power is easier for those students who are explicitly explained the

rules of the culture; 5. Those with power are frequently least aware of—or least willing to

acknowledge—its existence. Those with less power are often most aware of its existence.

Delpit (1998) suggests that:

their language and cultural style is unique and wonderful but that there is a
political power game that is also being played, and if they want to be in on that
game there are certain games that they too must play (p.292).

Brisk et al. (2002) concluded from their study of teaching bilingual students in

mainstream classrooms that teachers can more effectively educate bilingual learners

when they get to know the students’ educational and cultural backgrounds and language

abilities. Empowered with this knowledge, teachers can choose teaching approaches and

instructional strategies that take advantage of students’ strengths while aiming to improve

their weaknesses.

Brisk and Harrington (2000) also address the importance of connecting the

content of the curriculum to the students’ own life experiences. They describe how when

the reading content and writing topics are familiar to the students, the students are more

successful in both reading and writing. Furthermore, to promote more student

participation in the second language, Brisk and Harrington (2000) recommend that

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
34

teachers provide students opportunities to choose familiar topics that connect to their own

experiences.

Gonzalez & Darling-Hammond (2000) recommend that teachers learn how to use

the cultural and linguistic knowledge that English language learners possess and use this

knowledge as the basis for acquiring new knowledge.

Another important consideration for improving English language learners’

academic achievement is the teachers’ attitudes towards their students. Nieto (1999)

argues that teachers need to learn about their students. Also, Nieto describes that teachers

need to develop classroom environments where teachers learn with their students along

with students learning about themselves and one another. Teachers also need a clear

understanding o f their own ethnic and cultural identities to help them understand the

cultures of their students as well as their own cultural biases that may influence their

expectations and judgments about student performance (Zeichner, 2003).

Jordan Irvine (1990) explains in his theory of cultural synchronization that

learning can be improved if there is a positive interpersonal context between students and

teachers. An environment of cultural synchronization is characterized by humility and

integrity and a determination from the teacher to learn what can help the students learn

and then make the necessary changes to their teaching.

Cummins (1996) argues that the only way to reduce long-term discrimination of

teachers against students requires “personal redefinitions of the ways in which the

individual educators interact with the students and communities they serve” (p. 136). In

his research of programs that included student empowerment as a goal, Cummins found

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
35

that the students who were encouraged to develop a positive cultural identity through

interactions with their teachers developed the confidence and motivation to achieve

academic success.

LINGUISTIC NEEDS

An effective professional development program also targets the linguistic needs of

English language learners. The professional development includes improving

collaboration between mainstream teachers and ESL teachers, and increasing teachers’

knowledge about second language development, bilingualism, educational linguistics,

oral language, written language, and vocabulary development.

Clair and Adger (1999) found that teachers need to learn the basics of

bilingualism and second language development, the importance of first language and

culture and the challenges that English language learners face in mainstream education.

Gonzalez and Darling-Hammond (1997) found that it is essential that professional

development in culturally diverse schools bring mainstream content teachers together

with English language learner teachers and bilingual teachers to share knowledge, learn

from each other and work together to address the needs of the students. “On the one hand,

ESL and bilingual teachers often experience isolation and alienation from their

mainstream classroom peers. On the other hand, mainstream classroom teachers who

have potentially English proficient students in their classroom are at a loss as to how to

reach those students,” (Hamayan, 1990, p.64).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Another area of professional development that targets the needs of English

language learners is through developing familiarity with the various standards for

teachers of English language learners. By reviewing the standards, teachers become

more knowledgeable about the features of English language learners including “language

proficiency in two languages, an understanding of the impact of students’ culture on their

learning, and how to aid students in the development of their language abilities” (Menken

& Antunez, 2001, p.7).

Fillmore and Snow (2002) argue that teachers need a thorough understanding of

the role that language plays in education and how for these reasons they must receive

intensive preparation in “educational linguistics.” They explain that preparation in

educational linguistics would support teachers’ ability to teach literacy skills and to

improve their overall understanding to work with English Language Learners.

Fillmore and Snow (2002) describe the multiple roles of the teacher as a

communicator, educator, evaluator, educated human being and agent of socialization. As

a communicator, the teacher must have an understanding of how English language

learners’ language use might differ from that of native European-American English. As

an educator, “teachers need to know which language problems will resolve themselves

with time and which need attention and intervention” (p. 12). Teachers can help students

learn to use language required for academic discourse in various content subject areas. As

an evaluator, teachers must understand that children may arrive to school with an

inventory of skills and abilities that differ widely, but that these differences should not

imply deficiencies in ability. As educated human beings, teachers should have an

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
37

understanding about the history and structure of English and a basic understanding of the

process of second language learning. This understanding would help them engage in

more informed discussions about addressing the language and literacy needs of English

language learners.

Teachers should have an understanding of oral language, oral language required

in formal and academic areas, and written language (Fillmore and Snow, 2002).

Morphemes are the smallest unit of oral language that expresses a specific meaning.

Examples of morphemes include “jump” or “dog”. Prefixes, suffixes, plural - s or

possessive adverbs or nouns can be added to modify or added to morphemes to change its

meaning such as “jumped”, “jumping”, “dogs” or “dogs’”. Teachers need to understand

that morphemes, words and phrases work differently across languages. Furthermore,

teachers need to understand that larger units of language use-sentence and discourse

structure are fundamental to understand the unique features of academic language. For

example, teachers should be aware of rhetorical structures that make up classroom

discourse. They should be responsible for helping children to understand the expectations

associated with school English.

Fillmore and Snow (2002) also outline several areas of knowledge that teachers

should have regarding written language. They argue that teachers should understand

about the rules of English spelling, why some children have more difficulty than others

developing literacy skills and structuring narrative and expository writing. In addition,

Fillmore and Snow (2002) believe that educators should understand about the structural

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
38

features of written language and how to use this knowledge to discuss and explicitly

teach English language learners how to write effectively.

Teachers should also have knowledge about how lexicon vocabulary is acquired

and structured. According to George Miller’s work, children growing up in English-

speaking families achieve a vocabulary of up to 80,000 words by age 17 (as cited by

Fillmore and Snow). Fillmore and Snow (2002) suggest that teachers of second language

learners should teach new vocabulary in related groups since words are more meaningful

when they are understood in connection with others.

McLaughlin et al. (2000) evaluated the effectiveness of a vocabulary-enriched

curriculum that included “direct instruction in vocabulary to deepen word knowledge of

high frequency, grade appropriate words; instruction in strategies such as how to infer

meaning from text, using cognates and recognize root words; and activities outside the

classroom to extend and deepen students’ understanding of word meanings” (p. 134).

McLaughlin found that after two years of this instructional treatment, English language

learners performed higher than the control group on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test

in the areas of target vocabulary, polysemy, morphology, and semantic associations.

Another finding from this study of explicit teaching of vocabulary was that the gap in

reading comprehension between English language learners and the English only students

was reduced by 45 percent in two years.

English language learners also benefit from explicit teaching of cognates.

According to Corson (1995) about 60 percent of the words used in English texts originate

from Greek and Latin sources. As for Spanish cognates Freeman and Freeman (2002)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
39

recommend the following: “Since Spanish derives from Latin, many common words in

Spanish are scientific words in English. Teachers can help Spanish speakers develop

academic language by making connections between everyday Spanish terms and English

academic vocabulary” (p.87). Rodriguez (2001) advocates the use of specific lessons to

increase students’ awareness of cognates. For example, he recommends that after

students read a brief passage, they are asked to work in pairs to identify the English-

Spanish cognates in the reading. Freeman and Freeman (2002) explain that by focusing

students’ attention on language features like cognates, these learners can utilize these

strategies to increase their reading comprehension of more complicated academic texts in

English.

It is the teacher’s responsibility to help students move from where they are

intellectually to a higher level of understanding. Vygotsky (1997) describes the important

concept of zone of proximal development as the “discrepancy between a child’s mental

age and the level he reaches in solving problems with assistance” (p. 187). Teachers of

English language learners can provide assistance by creating classroom environments

where students’ language learning is increased through social interaction and

contextualized conversation (Vygotsky, 1978).

Teachers should also have an understanding of fundamental second language

acquisition development. Cummins (2000) explains that English language learners can

transfer concepts from the native language to the second language. This ability that

students develop is called “Common Underlying Proficiency” Cummins (1981)

described this concepts transfer as the interdependence hypothesis. The hypothesis

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
40

implies that if students are instructed in their native language, the proficiency they

develop in that language will transfer to a second language if the students are motivated

to learn it.

Cummins (1984) proposes that “language proficiency” be broken down into two

parts: basic everyday conversational language and academic language. The BICS (Basic

Interpersonal Communication Skills) are the skills required to participate in social,

everyday conversation while the CALPS (Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency)

are the language skills required to understand increased, distinct vocabulary used

especially in written English without auditory and non-verbal cues as well as language

with little or no context. Cummins’ model suggests that English language learners’ lack

of achievement in school is due to the lack of academic-oriented language and literacy in

their homes, and a lack of context and background knowledge to decipher and analyze

decontextualized and cognitively demanding work.

Cummins’ two-dimensional conception of language proficiency can be most

easily thought of along two different continuums. First there is a continuum of

communication that ranges from context embedded to context reduced. The second

continuum distinguishes tasks that range between cognitively undemanding to

cognitively demanding. An important application of this framework relates to English

language teaching. Cummins argues that one of the principal reasons why English

language learners have failed to develop academic skills is because their initial

instruction has emphasized context-reduced communication or instruction that is

unrelated to the students’ prior background experiences.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
41

Research from Cummins (1981) and Thomas & Collier (2002) has shown that

students take from four to ten years before they become proficient in academic English.

Teachers also must have knowledge about academic English. Cummins (1981, 1984) has

described academic language as cognitively demanding, its most obvious feature being

that it is relatively decontextualized. It relies on broad knowledge of words, phraseology,

grammar, discourse structure, and pragmatic conventions for expression, understanding,

and interpretation. Academic English is principally learned at school from teachers and

textbooks. Teachers must have an understanding of how language plays a role in

academic content learning and that students need instructional support and attention to

acquire the structure for it.

A second explanation of the development of academic language comes from the

language-socialization mismatch model (Faltis & Wolfe, 1999). This model explains that

student success in school depends on the extent to which the academic discourse in

school is similar to or differs from the students’ discourse used for getting things done at

home. This model comes from the work of Mehan (1979). Mehan found that most

classroom discourse followed a unique structure of Initiation-Response-Evaluation (IRE).

The teacher initiates the interaction (I), the student responds (R) and the teacher evaluates

(E) the correctness of the response. Based on Mehan’s work, Heath (1983) and Phillips

(1983) found that the participant structures that the teacher used for classroom

interactions were qualitatively different from those used or found in the home.

Subsequent studies by Au, Cazden, Macias, Mohatt & Erickson and Trueba & Delgado-

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
42

Gaitlan (as cited by Faltis & Wolfe, 1999) have shown that language-socialization

mismatches negatively influences English language learners’ academic success.

Teachers should also know how to cultivate interactions between English

language learners and native English speakers or English proficient students. Fillmore

(1991) identified that one of the main conditions that contribute to children being

successful learning English in school is that they must interact directly and frequently

with other students and adults who know English well enough to demonstrate how it is

used correctly. Fillmore warns that the acquisition process slows down when English

language learners greatly outnumber the people who know the language well enough to

model correct usage o f the language.

Strong (1983) built on Fillmore’s hypothesis and argued further that the most

successful English language learners are capable of both initiating interactions and

responding to English-only students’ initiations. Strong (1983) also explained that

exposure to English speakers is probably not as important as the quality of the

interactions between English language learners and English only students. Jacob et al.

(1996) found that there were few instances of language learning opportunities for English

language learners in a study of cooperative learning groups in a sixth grade classroom of

English language learners and native English speakers. The research attributed this lack

of language learning opportunities to the lack of training given to the participants in the

cooperative learning groups. Furthermore, Fillmore and Snow (2002) argue that

“educators must know enough about language learning and language itself to evaluate the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
43

appropriateness of various methods, materials, and approaches for helping students make

progress in learning English” (p.33).

INSTRUCTIONAL NEEDS

An effective professional development program which prepares teachers to

address English language learners’ instructional needs includes an introduction to

incorporating a language development component into content teaching. Also, there is an

emphasis on teachers keeping high expectations for all students. Also the professional

development should help teachers to learn how to utilize challenging theme-based

curriculum that draws on students’ previous and current knowledge. In addition teachers

should know how to organize a group of activities that are scaffolded so all students have

access to the content. Furthermore, the group of activities should be designed to promote

high quality student-to-student interactions.

While numerous studies have been conducted on literacy instruction, only five

major studies have examined content area instruction for English language learners

(Berman et al., 1995; Echevarria, Short, and Powers, 2003; Minicucci, 1996; Montecel

and Cortez, 2002; and Tikunoff, 1985). As with research on mainstream classrooms,

good instruction for English language learners is associated with higher achievement.

Identifying good instruction for English language learners is complicated because of

diverse students’ academic and language needs, levels of language proficiency, different

languages and diverse cultural backgrounds, therefore it is necessary to use a variety of

instructional strategies that respond to the students’ different learning styles (Berman et

al., 1995; Doherty et al., 2003; Montecel & Cortez, 2002).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
44

One area of research examined how incorporating a language-development

component into content instruction resulted in better curriculum access and higher

achievement for English language learners (Berman et al., 1995; Echevarria, Short, &

Powers, 2003; Minicucci, 1996). Minicucci’s study found that exemplary schools

coordinated math and science instruction with language development and this

combination therefore provided English language learners with better opportunities to

learn and practice science discourse and writing (as cited by Lindholm-Leary & Borsato,

2006).

Echevarria et al. (2004) found that students who received sheltered instruction

from trained teachers of the SIOP model (Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol),

scored significantly higher in all areas of writing over students in sheltered classes whose

teachers were not familiar with the SIOP model. The SIOP model’s key theoretical

assumption is that language acquisition is enhanced through meaningful use and

interaction. By studying academic content, students work with meaningful material in

English. Because the skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing are developed

interdependently, SIOP lessons include activities that require students to incorporate all

of these four skills.

Homberger (1996) in her ethnographic study of Cambodian children’s second

language literacy development conducted numerous observations of a fourth-grade

mainstream elementary school teacher. She attributed four key classroom factors to the

Cambodian children’s success: motivation, purpose, text and interaction. The teacher

built motivation by establishing bonds with the students based on shared classroom-based

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
45

experiences and holding both her and the students accountable to all of their classroom

responsibilities. She established meaningful purposes for her students’ work. Also, she

utilized a variety of texts and provided a diverse range of genres from which she allowed

the students to choose from and from which she read aloud on a daily basis to stimulate

the students’ love for reading. Classroom interaction was characterized by a variety of

classroom grouping structures including small-group interaction where students received

feedback on their writing. The teacher also emphasized precision in her students’ analysis

of text including inferencing and predicting.

There are several elements supported by educational research that illustrate the

kind of instruction, curriculum, and classroom environment that enables all students to

attain academic achievement. The first element is that teachers have high expectations

that all their students can achieve and that they communicate this expectation regularly to

their students (Delpit, 1988; Gay, 2000). These teachers make a commitment and believe

they can make a difference in their students’ achievement (Ladson-Billings, 1994).

Teachers with high expectations translate their beliefs in their students’ abilities to attain

success by utilizing a more academically demanding curriculum (Zeichner, 2003).

Freeman and Freeman (2002) summarize that the four key ideas that help teachers

work with older English language learners includes “engage students in challenging,

theme-based curriculum to develop academic concepts; draw on students’ background -

their experiences, cultures and languages; organize collaborative activities and scaffold

instruction to build students’ academic English proficiency; create confident students

who value school and value themselves as learners.”

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
46

Thomas and Collier (1997) found in their study of over 700,000 English language

learners in five large urban and suburban districts that there existed three predictors of

academic success. These predictors included: 1) using cognitively challenging academic

instruction in both the students’ first languages and in the target language of English; 2)

using effective, contemporary approaches to teaching like cooperative learning groups

being used to teach the academic curriculum through two languages; 3) improving the

school’s sociocultural contexts to value students’ languages and cultures and to create a

safe and supportive learning environment.

The promotion of positive interactions between teachers and students has been

found to be an important instructional objective in producing high-level academic

outcomes with English language learners (Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006). Two

studies by the California State Department of Education and Doherty et al. showed that

when teachers used positive social and instructional interactions equally between English

language learners and English proficient students, both groups performed better

academically (as cited by Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006). Research studies from

Doherty et al. (2003) and Tikunoff (1985) also suggest that a reciprocal interaction model

of teaching is more beneficial to students than a teacher-centered model of instruction

because it encourages the development of higher-order cognitive skills rather than just

factual recall. In this approach, teachers engage in authentic dialogue with students and

they facilitate rather than control student learning (as cited by Lindholm-Leary &

Borsato, 2006).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
47

High quality exchanges between teachers and students also give English language

learners better access to the curriculum (Berman et al., 1995; Doherty et al., 2003;

Montecel and Cortez, 2002; Tikunoff, 1985). In a study o f exemplary math and science

programs in California, Minicucci (1996) found that teachers were trained in second

language acquisition or were proficient in the students’ native language.

Despite this research on the promotion of positive interactions and high quality

exchanges between teachers and students, studies by Ramirez (1992) and Lindholm-

Leary (2001) found that teachers used mostly factual recall questions and few higher-

order thinking cognitive questions with English language learners.

Several studies have shown that the instructional strategy of cooperative learning

has increased student achievement and higher-level thinking. Johnson and Johnson

(1999) explained that cooperative learning includes five defining elements including

positive independence; face-to-face promotive interaction; individual and group

accountability; interpersonal and small group skills; and group processing. Cooperative

learning represents “a broad range of instructional methods in which students work

together to learn academic content” (Slavin & Calderon, 2001, p. 18). In cooperative

learning, students develop knowledge by working on task-based projects that demand

participation and interaction by all group members. McGroarty (1992) found that because

cooperative learning requires the teacher to carefully restructure learning tasks and

consider appropriate group configurations of the classroom, it offers many potential

benefits for language development.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
48

Lampe, Rooze & Tallent-Runnels (1996) conducted a study on the effectiveness

of cooperative learning towards achievement and student self-esteem on a group of

mainly Hispanic English language learners in a fourth grade social studies class. They

found that the students who utilized a variety of cooperative structures like jigsaws and

group investigations learned more, but there was no difference in terms of self-esteem.

Klingner and Vaughn (2000) conducted an evaluation of a cooperative learning

strategy called Collaborative Strategic Reading (CSR) applied during science instruction

in a fifth-grade classroom serving mainly Hispanic students. CSR combines effective

reading comprehension strategies with cooperative learning groups. The goal of CSR is

to improve students’ reading comprehension, increase students’ engagement and help all

students to be successful in heterogeneous classrooms. They found that students benefited

from this reading instruction and transferred the strategies to the reading of other texts.

Furthermore, they found that the students who utilized Collaborative Strategic Reading

and operated in the collaborative groups spent a considerable amount of time engaged in

academic-related strategic discussion like comprehension checks and sharing feedback to

each other, which helped the students’ language development. Furthermore, the

collaborative groups helped students understand the content vocabulary and relate the

content material to their current and previous knowledge.

Klinger and Vaughn’s research is consistent with other research showing that

cooperative-leaming groups help English language learners reach higher levels of

achievement (Calderon and Carreon, 1994; Calderon, Hertz-Lazarowitz, and Slavin,

1998; Calderon, Tinajero, and Hertz-Lazarowitz, 1992). Furthermore, cooperative

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
49

learning is a characteristic of effective programs for English language learners (Berman

et al., 1995; Doherty et al., 2003; Montecel and Cortez, 2002).

The Council of Chief State School Officers (CCSSO) in their report Immigrant

Students and Secondary School Reform: Compendium o f Best Practices (2004)

recommend that professional development programs prepare all teachers - including

mainstream content teachers to develop a basic understanding of language acquisition as

well as be familiar with sound teaching strategies to facilitate the development of reading,

writing, speaking and listening skills. Echevarria et al. (2004) explain and demonstrate in

the development of the Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol (SIOP) that teachers

can be trained to incorporate graphic organizers, visuals, demonstrations, vocabulary

strategies, and tap into students’ prior knowledge to teach content area material more

effectively.

One instructional model developed to help English language learners increase

academic achievement across the content areas is the Cognitive Academic Language

Learning Approach (CALLA) developed by Chamot and O’Malley (1992, 1994). The

CALLA model fosters students’ academic language and cognitive development by

integrating content, language and learning strategy instruction. Characteristics of the

instmctional practices utilized in the CALLA model include 1) extensive use of students’

prior conceptual and linguistic knowledge, 2) cooperative learning, teacher modeling and

scaffolding and 3) teacher-student dialogue on thinking and learning strategies.

The CALLA model emphasizes that ESL teachers need to be informed about

required content standards and how to collaborate effectively with content teachers. Also,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
50

the model encourages teachers to design lessons that provide conceptually demanding

learning activities that are scaffolded, contextualized, and assisted with learning

strategies. Teachers across the curriculum should help students develop an awareness of

how language is used to achieve different purposes. A third major component of the

CALLA model identifies the explicit teaching of learning strategies that English language

learners apply to language and content tasks. These learning strategies are organized into

metacognitive strategies (developing students’ awareness of one’s own thinking and

learning processes) and task-based strategies that help English language learners use

background knowledge, make inferences and predictions, use organizational skills like

graphic organizers and take advantage of a variety of resources like dictionaries, Internet

and other students in the classroom to accomplish complex cognitive tasks. The CALLA

model encourages teachers to teach these strategies by modeling how to use them by

thinking aloud each step required to accomplish the task.

The Center for Research on Education, Diversity and & Excellence (CREDE) is a

federally funded research and development program focused on improving the education

o f students whose ability to reach their potential is challenged by language or cultural

barriers, race, geographic location, or poverty. This organization sponsored a series of 31

research projects around the United States from 1996 to 2001. These research projects

tested curriculum models in a variety of urban and suburban settings with diverse student

populations. These research projects propose curriculum and instruction based on “Five

Standards for Effective Pedagogy” (Tharp, Estrada, Dalton, and Yamauchi, 2000). These

Five Standards include:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
51

Standard I — Teachers and Students Producing Together


Facilitate learning through joint productive activity among teacher and students.

Standard II — Developing Language and Literacy Across the Curriculum


Develop competence in the language and literacy of instruction across the
curriculum.

Standard III — Making Meaning; Connecting School to Students’ Lives


Contextualize teaching and curriculum in the experiences and skills of students’
homes and communities.

Standard IV — Teaching Complex Thinking


Challenge students toward cognitive complexity.

Standard V — Teaching Through Conversation


Engage students through dialogue, especially the Instructional Conversation.

Another instructional model that has been documented as an effective method for

increasing the achievement of English language learners is the Sheltered Instruction

Observation Protocol (Echevarria et al., 2004). Sheltered instruction is an approach for

teaching content to English language learners in a way that makes the content material

more comprehensible while promoting students’ English language development. Center

for Research on Education, Diversity and & Excellence (CREDE) studies on the effects

of sheltered instruction found that English language learners in middle school classes of

teachers trained in sheltered instruction out-performed control students on overall gains

in expository writing, and made significant improvement in all areas measured by a

writing rubric of the Illinois Measure of Annual Growth in English (IMAGE) Test

(Guarino et al., 2001).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
52

EFFECTIVE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT DESIGNS, STUDY GROUPS


AND MENTORING PROGRAMS

EFFECTIVE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT DESIGNS

The next part of this literature review concerns effective practices for the design

and implementation of professional development. Sparks and Hirsh (1997) argue that

research and experience have taught us that widespread, sustained implementation


of new practices in classrooms, principal’s offices, and central offices requires a
new form of professional development. This staff development not only must
affect the knowledge, attitudes and practices of individual teachers,
administrators, and other school employees, but it also must alter the cultures and
structures of the organization” (pp. 1-2).

Darling-Hammond (1997) argues that improving teaching and learning depends on

sustained, high-quality professional development.

Several extensive studies have documented the characteristics of effective

professional development. Elmore (2003) concluded that effective professional

development is collaborative and directed at large-scale improvement. It should support

the school’s long-term growth and improvement and take place close to the work done by

the participating educators. Professional development should also be evaluated on the

improvement of student achievement and requires focus, knowledge, persistence and

consistency over time. Finally, this professional development should focus on building

teacher content knowledge, general pedagogical skills and knowledge and expertise

towards teaching and learning the content specific material. Cohen & Hill (1998) also

concluded that professional development should be anchored towards teachers focused on

learning and teaching academic content overlapped with a focus on curriculum and

assessments.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
53

Marzano (2003) reviewed several studies of effective professional development

and concluded that professional development that addresses teacher subject-matter

knowledge is helpful to a point, but that developing teachers’ pedagogical knowledge is

much more consistently linked to improving student achievement. Darling-Hammond

(2000) concludes that:

It may be that positive effects of subject matter knowledge are augmented or


offset by knowledge of how to teach the subject to various kinds of students. That
is, the degree of pedagogical skill may interact with subject matter knowledge to
bolster or reduce teacher performance (p. 6).

Other studies by Brown, Smith, & Stein, 1995; Byrne, 1983; Cohen & Hill, 1997; and

Wiley & Yoon, 1995 have also asserted a linkage between professional development that

emphasizes pedagogical knowledge and student achievement.

One of the more recent landmark studies conducted by Garet, Porter, Desmone,

Birman, and Yoon (2001) found that professional development which “focuses on

academic subject matter (content), gives teachers opportunities for “hands-on” work

(active learning), and is integrated into the daily life of school (coherence), is more likely

to produce enhanced knowledge and skills” (p.935).

The National Staff Development Council (NSDC) provides standards for

professional development, which are organized into three categories: content, process,

and context. The content addresses the skills and knowledge that educators need to

acquire. The process is how the educators will acquire the skills and knowledge, and the

context is the organization or culture that promotes the professional development.

The United States Department of Education (1995) also has identified standards

o f effective practice for professional development. The mission of professional

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
54

development is to “help all students achieve at high standards of learning and

development. Successful professional development:

• Focuses on teachers as central to student learning; yet includes all other


members of the school community.

• Focuses on individual, collegial and organizational improvement.

• Respects and nurtures the intellectual and leadership capacity of teachers,


principals, and others in the school community.

• Reflects best available research and practice in teaching, learning, and


leadership.

• Enables teachers to develop further expertise in subject content, teaching


strategies, uses of technologies, and other essential elements in teaching to
high standards.
• Promotes continuous inquiry and improvement embedded in the daily life of
the schools.

• Is planned collaboratively by those who will participate to facilitate the


development.

• Requires substantial time and other resources.

• Is driven by a long-term plan.

• Is evaluated ultimately on the basis of its impact on teacher effectiveness and


student learning; and this assessment guides subsequent professional
development efforts.

The National Foundation for the Improvement of Education (NFIE) identifies the

following characteristics o f an effective professional development program:

• H a s th e g o a l o f im p r o v in g stu d en t lea r n in g at the heart o f e v e r y s c h o o l


endeavor.

• Fosters a deepening of subject matter knowledge, a greater understanding of


learning, and a greater appreciation of students’ needs.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
55

• Helps teachers and other staff meet the needs of students who learn in
different ways and who come from diverse cultural, linguistic, and
socioeconomic backgrounds.

• Provides adequate time for inquiry, reflection, and mentoring, and is an


important part of the normal working day.

• Is rigorous, sustained, and adequate to the long-term change of practice.

• Is directed toward teachers’ intellectual development and leadership.

• Is teacher designed and directed, incorporates the best principles of adult


learning, and involves shared decisions designed to improve the school.

• Balances individual priorities with school and district needs.

• Makes the best use of technologies.

• Is site-based and supportive of a clearly articulated vision for students.

DuFour and Eaker (1998) argue that schools must be committed to results-driven

education. As part of this focus, they explain that the purpose of school’s professional

development programs is to improve the skills and knowledge of educators to help all

students achieve the results of the school. Sparks and Hirsh (1997) also argue the

importance of tying professional development to student achievement. They write that

“staff development’s success will be judged not by how many teachers and administrators

participate in staff development programs or how they perceive its value, but by whether

it alters instructional behavior in a way that benefits students” (p. 5).

DuFour and Eaker (1998) outline a set of recommendations towards design and

implementation of staff development programs. The content of staff development is

based on research and best practices. There should be convincing evidence that the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
56

innovation improves teacher effectiveness and student success. There should be a dual

focus on generic and discipline-specific teaching skills and include opportunities for

assisting educators in transferring general concepts to their particular teaching

assignments. Furthermore, staff development content should expand the teachers’

repertoires for meeting the needs of students who learn in different ways.

DuFour and Eaker (1998) describe that the process of staff development is based

on the characteristics of good teaching. It provides the necessary coaching for the mastery

of new skills. The training includes a combination of “presentation and explanation of the

theory behind the practice, demonstration, opportunities for initial guided practice,

prompt feedback about their efforts, sustained coaching” (p.265). This process should

promote teacher reflection and dialogue and be sustained over a long period of time. The

impact of the training should be assessed at several different levels in order to accurately

measure its affect on the entire organization.

Furthermore, DuFour and Eaker (1998) outline that the context of staff

development focuses on the school level and is supported by the central office and that

professional development should be job-embedded. Senge explains that because

“learning always occurs in the context of where you are taking action.. .we need to find

ways to get teachers working together; we need to create an environment where they can

continually reflect on what they are doing and learn more and more what it takes to work

as a team” (O’Neil, 1995, p.20). Sparks and Hirsh (1997) explain that it is most effective

when the professional development involves the entire staff in an effort to achieve

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
57

improvements related to a set of common objectives over a three to five-year period of

time.

Loucks-Horsley, Love, Stiles, Mundry, and Hewson (2003) describe five general

concepts that summarize the knowledge base about learners and learning that reflect how

people learn so that adult learners are supported in a sustained and in-depth way. While

these concepts are tailored for professional development design in mathematics and

science, they are also applicable to other forms of professional development.

• What learners already know influences their learning.

• Learners acquire new knowledge by constructing it for themselves.

• The construction of knowledge is a process of change that includes, addition,


creation, modification, refinement, restructuring, and rejection.

• Learning happens through diverse experiences.

• All students regardless of race, culture, and gender are capable of


understanding and doing science and mathematics.

Loucks-Horsley et al. (2003) also describe the critical features of effective

professional development that is based on a constructivist theory of learning. This theory

describes learning as a process and that adult learners construct their knowledge by

modifying or rejecting existing ideas. In other words, learners are not considered “empty

vessels” to be filled up by the knowledge from others. Instead, the learners have their

own ideas about how to make sense of the world and the professional development helps

them make connections between their existing ideas and the new ones that they are

acquiring during the professional development. Furthermore, to help learners make these

connections, the professional development provides opportunities for collaboration and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
interaction discussions between learners as they help each make sense of the new

concepts (Jonassen, 1994). Sparks and Hirsh (1997) explains that staff development must

model constructivist practices for teachers if the purpose of the training is to convince the

teachers of the importance of this approach to learning as well as to help them understand

it well enough to begin to integrate it into their regular classroom practices. Brooks and

Brooks (1993) warn that “Unless teachers are given ample opportunities to learn in

constructivist settings and construct for themselves educational visions through which

they can reflect on educational practices, the instructional programs will be trivialized

into cookbook approaches” (pp. 121-122).

Another aspect of professional development based on a constructivist theory is

that learning is very person specific (Loucks-Horsley et al., 2003). For example, learning

is directly influenced by the process of personal reflection. Learners who acquire the

most from professional development are those who “monitor their own ideas, and thought

processes, compare and contrast them with those of others, and provide reasons why they

accept one point of view over another” (p.35). Also, learning is affected by the culture in

which the learners are surrounded in; the culture influences how learners interact and

share with each other. This interaction allows learners to acquire the norms, expectations

and values that influence what they learn (Silver, Kilpatrick, & Schlesinger, 1990).

According to Schifter (1996), these two concepts of personal reflection and learning

mediated by culture challenge the belief that learners acquire concepts by receiving and

memorizing information from other people who know more than they do. On the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
59

contrary, teachers need opportunities to focus on their practice by engaging with other

teachers to learn what works under different circumstances.

Darling-Hammond and McLaughlin (1995) believe that professional development

must prepare teachers “to see complex subject matter from the perspectives of diverse

students” (p.597) and should encourage teachers to reflect on their current practice,

content, pedagogy and learners.

Sparks and Hirsh (1997) describe several major shifts in the nature of staff

development that are essential if all students are to achieve at high levels. One important

shift is from training conducted away from the job to a variety of job-embedded learning

opportunities. Sparks and Hirsh (1997) explain that critics have found that staff

development structured in such a way that educators “sit and get” information by

attending one-time workshops has produced little sustainable change in the classroom.

However, job-embedded learning connects learning to current, real-life problems faced

by teachers and administrators. Sparks and Hirsh (1997) describe that the design of job-

embedded professional development can take many forms including well-designed

training programs followed by coaching, educators conducting action research,

participation in study groups, observing peers, planning sessions with colleagues and

journal writing.

Elmore (1997) described how Community School District #2 in New York City

utilized a group o f organizing principles about how to institute systemic change and the

role of professional development in the process of producing this systemic change. The

organizing principles included a major focus on instruction; viewing instructional change

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
60

as a long, multi-stage process; sharing expertise to drive instructional change;

emphasizing system-wide improvement; working together to generate good ideas; setting

clear expectations and then decentralizing; promoting collegiality, caring and respect.

Elmore (1997) described that all of the administrators viewed professional

development as an overall management strategy not as a distinct or separate function.

Administrators were given the responsibility for driving instructional improvement and

professional development was the major tool to achieve that goal of instructional

improvement. Elmore describes how this school district utilized a diverse set of

professional development models to address the goal of instructional improvement. These

models included a professional development laboratory, instructional consulting services,

intervisitation and peer networks, off-site training, oversight and principal site visits.

Elmore concludes that local school districts need to develop a specific strategy

focused on instructional improvement. This belief of sustained improvement of teaching

practice must have as its goal the sustained improvement of teaching practice that

permeates the entire district. It is the central purpose and rationale for the central

district’s role. To reach a systemic scale, a school district has to stay focused on a few

content areas with an evolving set of staff development activities for an extended period

of time.

Gonzalez and Darling-Hammond (2002) describe two teacher professional

development programs that help prepare teachers to work effectively with English

language learners. The aim of the Cross-Cultural Languages and Academic Development

(CLAD) program at San Diego State University aims to develop future teachers’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
61

knowledge in five main key areas: cultural awareness of the issues of cultural diversity,

educational equity, socioeconomic status and academic achievement; theoretical

knowledge and understanding of language acquisition, the structure and role of language

in social settings, and the effects of attitude and motivation in learning; content

knowledge; knowledge of pedagogical methods; and fieldwork including teaching,

classroom observations and reflection with work with English language learners. A

professional development program at the International High School in New York City is

built on the philosophy that there is an institutionalized collaboration among teachers and

administrators. This collaboration led to the shared creation of a staff development

process that emphasizes helping teachers learn how to improve their instructional

planning and delivery by practicing three key “rules of thumb.” First, there is “start at the

beginning”; teachers should not assume background or student prior knowledge like with

a native-born student from the United States. Instead teachers should help students

become familiar with important tools in order to complete the work. Also, there is “break

down the task” where projects should be broken down into smaller assignments which is

accompanied with an example that the students can model after. The third rule of thumb

is “use models.” Teachers should model examples of finished projects and assignments

and the process of completing them.

STUDY GROUPS

The use of study groups is reviewed in the literature as a professional

development strategy for helping to build communities of professional practice (Roberts

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
62

& Pruitt, 2003). A study group is a “gathering of people who meet on a regularly

scheduled basis to address issues that the group members have agreed to study” (Roberts

& Pruitt, 2003, p. 92). Murphy and Lick (2001) describe that study groups involve “a

small number of individuals joining together to increase their capacities through new

learning for the benefit of students” (p. 4). Study groups are known as one job-embedded

approach for teacher professional development. The learning that takes place from

participation in the study group is embedded in the daily work of teachers as they

implement strategies into their classrooms. Furthermore, the study group strategy

provides teachers the opportunity to make decisions about what the group is going to

study as well as learn about each other and how to work together (Roberts & Pruitt,

2003).

Teacher study groups can take many forms. In schools where there is a need for

major reform, participation in study groups can be voluntary and provide teachers with

the opportunity to find solutions to persistent problems that slow down or block student

improvement. There are also online study groups, whole-faculty study groups, and book

study groups.

There are many benefits of study groups for a community of learners. Teachers

can learn new instructional techniques, investigate more deeply a topic relevant to the

students’ needs of the school, and address and resolve problems in school. By acquiring

more knowledge about teaching and learning, teachers in study groups feel more

empowered to do their jobs (Birchak et al., 1998). Also, study groups provide teachers a

structured environment to address an issue relevant to their daily work and find

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
encouragement and support from others in the group as they work on investigating the

critical issue. Furthermore, this collaboration in the study group helps reduce teacher

isolation. Other benefits of study groups include that they can address district and school

based initiatives that focus on improving student learning. They also can help sustain a

school’s mission, vision and shared values.

There are several strategies for organizing and conducting study group meetings.

Murphy and Lick (2001) recommend that study groups establish norms, expectations and

routines for meetings. Furthermore, study group meetings should be designed to address

both the individual participant needs as well as the group’s needs.

MENTORING PROGRAMS

This section of the literature review briefly describes the history, context and

concept of mentoring. Then, it identifies the aims and objectives of mentoring and

describes some of the different mentoring program models designed for assisting “at risk”

students. Finally, this review describes the role of mentors and the recommended training

models for implementing effective mentoring programs which target a population of “at

risk” students.

The mentoring movement within the United States has grown tremendously since

the early 1990s. Marc Freedman (1992) attributes the growth of mentoring to three main

factors. First, the media has drawn people’s attention to the increasing numbers of young

people who are isolated from adult attention. Second, there has been a trend of

volunteerism and charitable giving from the socially concerned middle class and out of a

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
64

concern for a widening gulf between rich and poor. Third, psychologists have identified

the needs of middle-aged adults to want to share their knowledge to young people

(Goleman, 1990). Freedman (1992) summarizes the role of mentoring as a means for

“matching spirit with need” (p.33).

The term “mentor” originates in Homer’s Odyssey. In this Greek myth, Odysseus

entrusts his friend, Mentor to take care of his son Telemachus while he prepares to fight

in the Trojan War. Mentor was placed responsible for assisting all the aspects of

Odysseus’ son’s development.

Miller (2002) identifies that there are two types of mentoring. Natural mentoring

is something that “occurs incidentally in a variety of life settings through friendship,

teaching, coaching, and counseling” (p.23). Whereas, planned mentoring “involves

structured programmes with clear objectives, where mentors and mentees are matched

using formal processes ” (p.23).

Roberts (2000) in his review of the mentoring literature defines mentoring as “A

formalized process whereby a more knowledgeable and experienced person actuates a

supportive role of overseeing and encouraging reflection and learning within a less

experienced and knowledgeable person, so as to facilitate that person’s career and

personal development” (p. 162). He argues that people will continue to experience

mentoring in different ways and therefore the definition of mentoring will continue to

evolve and be debated.

There are several different approaches and definitions of planned mentoring.

Miller (2002) summarizes the United Kingdom’s Home Office definition of mentoring as

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
65

“A one-to-one, non-judgmental relationship in which an individual mentor voluntarily

gives time to support and encourage another. This relationship is typically developed at a

time in the mentee’s life, and lasts for a significant and sustained period of time” (Carrad,

2002, p.26). In a “popular consensus” approach of mentoring, Peer Resources, a

Canadian Web-based network describes characteristics of mentorships (as cited by

Miller, 2002).

• It is a deliberate, conscious, voluntary relationship.

• The relationship may or may not have a specific time limit.

• It is sanctioned or supported by the organization.

• It occurs between an experienced, employed or retired person and one or more


other persons.

• There is generally no direct, hierarchical or supervisory chain of command.

• The outcomes are expected to benefit all parties for personal growth, career
development, lifestyle enhancement, spiritual fulfillment, goal achievement, and
other mutually designated areas.

• It has a benefit to the community in which it takes place.

• It takes place through one-to-one relationships or small groups, and by electronic


or telecommunication means.

• It typically focuses on interpersonal support, guidance, mutual exchange, sharing


of wisdom, coaching and role modeling.

A “c o n tin u u m ” a p p ro a ch d e fin e s m e n to rin g as “a co n tin u u m o f h e lp in g b e h a v io r s

from which the mentor chooses based on the needs of the mentee. According to Gay

(2000), the mentor’s role is to “tug the sleeve” of the mentee and utilize behaviors from

“exploring”; “revealing”; “guiding”; “advising”; “teaching”; “training”; to “directing”.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
66

A “Key Characteristics” approach combines key characteristics of mentoring with

a continuum of mentor behaviors (Miller, 2002). Anderson and Shannon (1995) describe

that mentoring under the “key characteristics” approach involves five elements: the

process of nurturing; the mentor as role model; the five functions of teaching, sponsoring,

encouraging, counseling, and befriending; a focus on personal and/or professional

development, an on-going relationship. Anderson and Shannon (1995) describe that the

five key actions of mentors include: teaching; sponsoring; encouraging; counseling; and

befriending.

Miller (2002) describes in more detail the four key helping behaviors of mentors

in an attempt to resolve some of the confusion over the definition of mentoring. These

behaviors include befriending, counseling, coaching and tutoring.

“Befriending” is providing emotional and social support for someone else to help

with a range of needs including loneliness, suicide, and life-threatening illnesses. This

relationship involves “getting alongside” the person to help him.

“Counseling” involves highly trained, experienced mentors who utilize a diverse

set of skills like active listening, identifying problems and encouraging the mentee to

“own” the solution in order to help the mentee to develop and grow (Miller, 2002). The

mentor differs from the counselor in that to help earn the trust of the mentee, the mentor

sometimes has to engage in self-disclosure.

“Coaching” in educational contexts is generally applied to teaching skills within a

sporting context (Miller, 2002). Some mentoring programs involve coaching mentees to

develop skills and to help them personally grow.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
67

“Tutoring” can be distinguished from mentoring. Goodlad (1995) describes that

tutoring focuses on subject learning, takes place in the classroom, involves groups of

tutees and lasts for a few weeks. Miller (2002) explains that while mentoring may utilize

tutoring skills, its focus is more on “life skills”, occurs outside the classroom, is one-to-

one and lasts for several months or years.

Miller’s (2002) review of the literature summarizes three key objectives of

student mentoring programs. First, “the “development” aim focuses on the personal and

social development of the student, and may involve changing attitudes” (p.33).

Sometimes referred to as “psychosocial function of mentoring”, there is an interplay

between the mentor and mentee engaged in a personal dialogue and the inner dialogue of

the mentee. The second objective is the “work-related learning” aim that concerns the

students’ career choices, knowledge of the world of work and the skills necessary for

employment. The third objective is the “subject” aim of helping mentees improve their

achievement in their subject course work and includes basic skills support and teaching

study skills.

Miller (2002) categorizes the aims of student mentoring programs for mentees

into three groups. He explains that there are developmental aims that may involve social

skills, attitudinal change, self-esteem, feelings about self and others, and motivation.

Work-related mentoring includes employability, work-related skills, career aspirations

and future goals. Subject mentoring relates to knowledge acquisition, content-specific

skills and study skills. Miller (2002) explains that often times mentoring programs have a

dual or multi-focus to interactions between mentors and mentees. For example,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
68

mentoring programs that target subject achievement might overlap with teaching or

tutoring.

Miller (2002) also describes the aims of student mentoring programs for mentors.

One of the important aims for mentors is that learning is an important goal. Mentoring

provides mentors with the opportunity to practice and demonstrate emotional-intelligence

skills such as interpersonal skills, intrapersonal capabilities like emotional self-awareness

and the ability to maintain hope under challenging or adverse situations.

The Hay McBer model is the Emotional Intelligence (El) approach that is most

closely associated with Daniel Goldman (1995). This model divides “El into personal

competence-how we manage ourselves and social competence-how we manage

relationships” (Miller, 2002, p. 193). The most effective mentors are likely to be those

who have strong emotional intelligence - strong self-management and social skills and

keen social awareness and self-awareness. In a review of the literature (Miller, 2002;

Dondero, 1997; Farmer, 1999; Songsthagen and Lee, 1996) there are several desirable

characteristics of effective mentors. Mentors should see the mentee as a special

individual and be comfortable with cultural or socio-economic distance. Mentors should

set high standards and instill confidence in the mentee to aim high, respect the mentee’s

ability to make their own decisions, be flexible, open and able to accept to other values,

cultures and viewpoints as well as show interest, respect, affection and enthusiasm for the

subjects, areas and moral issues raised by the mentee. Also, “Ten attributes of good

mentors” is summarized in below identified by Miller (2002, p. 190).

Miller (2002) explains that mentoring programs have been classified in four ways:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
69

1. the aims and characteristics of the program;

2. the main characteristics of the mentee target group;

3. the main characteristics of the mentors;

4. the main characteristics of the program

One of the more common approaches is to classify the program based on the main

characteristics of the mentee target group. For example, in an at-risk mentoring program,

mentees may range from students who are under achieving at school to teenagers

involved in crime, drug or alcohol abuse (Miller, 2002).

Besides the aims and characteristics of a student mentoring program, there are

different philosophies of mentoring that influence the training program and expected

behavior for mentors and the preparation for the mentees (Miller, 2002). One philosophy

of mentoring is a school-led mentoring program. In this model, there is a manager or

leader who provides structure and objectives for mentor meetings. Mentors are proactive

in monitoring students’ academic performance, classroom work, attendance, and other

possible targets. Another possible characteristic of this philosophy is that mentors agree

on a list of behaviors and routines that they will conduct with their mentees. This model

comes closest to the design that was utilized in this study.

Another philosophy is based on mentor-led mentoring programs where the

mentors are left on their own to determine how they will interact and work with their

mentees. Miller (2002) explains that this is the least common philosophy because it is

possible to have misunderstandings on the part of the mentor and the mentee on the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
70

purpose of the mentoring. A third philosophy is a student/mentee-led program. In this

model, the mentors respond to the students’ needs.

Miller (2002) recommends that the minimum criteria for establishing a mentoring

program should include the following below (p.47). The study design described in

chapter three incorporated these three criteria.

1. A prime goal of mentoring relationships is the personal development of the


mentee. The mentorships seek to shape, change and examine attitudes and
values.. .the focus is not exclusively or largely upon developing the knowledge
and skills of the mentee.

2. The mentorships involve a one-to-one relationship between mentor and mentee


based on trust and an attempt to establish a non-hierarchical, equal relationship.
This would preclude small-group work and situations where there was an obvious
power relationship that is invoked, as if often the case with teachers acting as
mentors students.

3. The programme involves mentors who are more experienced than the mentee,
who use a range of interpersonal skills or helping behaviours, and who are also
seeking to learn from the experience. This would preclude situations where one
skill, such as coaching or tutoring, is used or where the mentor was an expert with
no personal learning agenda.

Another underlying principle of a student mentoring program is the learning

model used to promote young people’s learning. Miller (2002) recommends the social

constructivist theory of Vygotsky (1994) that emphasizes the culture and social context in

learning or cognitive development. One of the key concepts of Vygotsky’s social

constructivist theory is the “zone of proximal development.” This concept suggests that

students/mentees with the support of mentors can understand ideas that they would not

ordinarily be able to understand on their own.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
71

Vygotsky’s work has been expanded and applied to the design o f situated learning

environments (Brown, Collins and Duguid, 1989). The mentor’s role is to provide the

scaffolding for the mentee to engage in more advanced cognitive thinking. This

scaffolding helps the mentee learn how to make sense of a topic by applying it to relevant

personal experiences or contemporary contexts (Miller, 2002). “Mentors provide

authentic, experiential learning opportunities as well as an intense interpersonal

relationship through which social learning takes place” (Kerka, 1998, p. 194). Planned

student mentoring programs share several of the characteristics of situated learning

environments. Some of these characteristics include:

• Mentees are encouraged to experiment and experience between mentoring


meetings.

• Mentors and mentees discuss work-related contexts for learning and development
and mentors pass on the lessons of their own experiences.

• Knowledge is created through the collaborative construction of knowledge


between mentor and mentee.

• Mentoring provides scaffolding that can aid mentees’ learning.

• In mentoring meetings, mentees are encouraged to engage in systematic reflection


of their experiences and discussion about what has been learned than can be
applied in new situations.

• Mentors ask questions to encourage mentees to make tacit competencies.

Miller (2002) describes recommended content of mentor training and possible

training processes associated with each content area. Golden and Sims (1999) explain

that three aims should be addressed in a mentor training program:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
72

• Explain the objectives and context of the mentoring program and describe the
students’ needs.

• Establish the program’s ground rules and procedures.

• Develop mentoring skills of the mentors.

Miller (2002) explains that “rather than an overkill amount of training at the

outset, some programme managers prefer to offer on-going top-up training as and when

particular training needs arise” (p.202).

In addition to the training content, the style of training is important because

mentoring is about one-to-one interactions. Miller (1998) recommends that training

should be informal and interactive. Lauland (1998) describes the importance of utilizing

experienced mentors as trainers, creating a mentor panel to share experiences, and

designing a variety of training methods such as role play, case studies, video to keep the

mentors’ interest throughout the program.

Piper and Piper (2000) cautions that there can be major differences between

mentoring programs for at-risk students. They explain that there can be mentorships

where the mentee agrees voluntarily to follow a mentor’s role model and together the

mentor and mentee agree on shared values and goals. And, in other cases, a mentorship

can be forced on to a mentee because of a court or school order and the mentorship can

become a behavior modification program.

There are several different models of “at-risk” mentoring programs. The Dalston

Youth Project (DYP) operates in London and focuses on after-school literacy and

numeracy for 30 students 11-14 years old. One of the core elements of DYP is its

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
73

mentoring program. The mentoring program’s aims included: improving self-esteem &

mentee’s attitudes towards school and anger management. Schools use referral forms that

inform DYP about potential mentee’s school behavior and family situation. Mentors

were volunteers and received three weekends of training. Female mentees were matched

with female mentors only. At the start of the program, a weekend of team building

between mentors and mentees helped straighten out the mentor and mentee matches.

During the year-long project, mentors and mentees met twice each week for three hours

Another model is the Juvenile Mentoring Program in the United States often

referred to as JUMP. This program provides one-to-one mentoring for children at risk of

delinquency, gang involvement, educational failure or dropping out of school (Novotney,

Mertinko, Lange, and Baker, 2000). The mentoring program’s aims are to address school

problems such as behavior, grades and truancy, social and family problems such as

delinquency, fighting, and gang activity and substance abuse with alcohol, drugs or

tobacco. Novotney et al. (2000) found in an analysis of the national data collected about

JUMP that male mentees matched with male mentors reported better results in avoiding

drugs and gangs than when matched with female mentors. Mentors paired with mentees

of their own race reported that they understood their mentees more than did mentors

paired with mentees across different races.

CONCLUSION

The rationale behind the professional development program’s design was based

on the documented evidence of the underachievement and high drop-out rate of English

language learners in K-12 public schools. In the review of the literature, there are three

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
74

major areas that teachers of English language learners need to develop in terms of core

competencies and knowledge in order to more effectively improve their English language

learners’ achievement and learning. These three areas were summarized, as the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners.

Next, the review of the literature examined the different components for designing

and implementing an effective professional development program. Effective professional

development programs depend on sustained, high-quality professional development

which is collaborative and directed at large-scale improvement (Darling-Hammond,

1997; Elmore, 2003). Also, the professional development should focus on improving

teacher’s content knowledge, pedagogical skills and knowledge and expertise toward

teaching and learning content specific material (Elmore, 2003; Garet et al., 2001).

Furthermore, the content of professional development should be based on research and

best practices and there should be evidence that the innovation improves teacher

effectiveness and student success (DuFour & Eaker, 1998; Sparks & Hirsch, 1997). In

addition, the delivery of professional development should be based on the characteristics

of good teaching, provide the necessary coaching for the mastery of new skills,

encourage teacher reflection and dialogue over an extended period of time and it should

be job-embedded to get teachers working together (DuFour & Eaker, 1998; O’Neil,

1995).

The design and implementation of effective professional development also is

based on a constructivist theory o f learning. This form of learning is characterized by

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
75

adult learners constructing knowledge by modifying or rejecting existing ideas

(Vygotsky, 1978; Loucks-Horsley et al., 2003).

Utilizing this framework for the design and implementation of effective

professional development, a study group is a job-embedded approach for teacher

professional development. The study group provides teachers the opportunity to learn

more deeply a topic relevant to the students’ sociocultural, linguistic and instructional

needs in a school and provides teachers a structured environment to find encouragement

and support from others in the group as they work on these critical issues. As part of the

involvement in a study group, one method for providing teachers the opportunity to

develop their own interpersonal and intrapersonal skills is through mentoring a young

person (Miller, 2002). The mentorship is based on mentors who seek to learn from the

situation and involve a one-to-one relationship between mentor and mentee based on trust

and a non-hierarchical, equal relationship (Miller, 2002).

Working from this theoretical framework, this comparative case study was

designed to examine how a professional development program contributed to the

teachers’ understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English

language learners and altered the perceptions of their instruction through participation in

formal classroom trainings, monthly study groups and mentoring an English language

learner.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
76

Chapter 3

Research Design

INTRODUCTION
The research design for the study was a qualitative case study involving a cross

case analysis of eight middle school teachers. These eight teachers were involved in a

professional development program consisting of formal classroom training, one-to-one

teacher mentoring of an English language learner and monthly English Language Learner

Study Group meetings.

RESEARCH DESIGN AND RATIONALE

A qualitative methodology was chosen for its strengths in gathering information

and data in context, “The decision to focus on qualitative case studies stems from the fact

that this design is chosen precisely because researchers are interested in insight,

discovery, and interpretation rather than hypothesis testing” (Merriam, 1998, p.29).

The semistructured case study approach was appropriate to address the

investigation’s two research questions. First, the study focused on the “why” questions

(Yin, 1994, p.9) that were involved in investigating the impact that professional

development had on this bounded system of eight participating teachers. The study

so u g h t to u n c o v e r th e e f fe c t that a th r e e -d im e n sio n a l p r o fe ssio n a l d e v e lo p m e n t p rogram

had on the teachers’ understanding of English language learners’ sociocultural, linguistic

and instructional needs and how it altered the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional

practice.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
77

A second reason for the semistructured case study approach was because

Lieberman (1995) found that “Getting closer to school people who are changing their

practices presents greater opportunities for understanding the change process - closeness

allows for greater depth of understanding of practice, particularly if the researcher is there

over time” (p. 3). This is particularly important while examining and describing the

complexities of the change in teachers’ understanding and perceptions of their instruction

with English language learners.

Thirdly, a case study was an appropriate design for the study of organizations and

their complex processes. According to Reichardt and Cook, one meaning of process is

“causal explanation: discovering or confirming the process by which the treatment had

the effect that it did” (as cited by Merriam, 1998, p.33). This latter study conducted by a

researcher who had worked within the organization for several years and understood the

inner workings of the school allowed for a more detailed and in-depth investigation into

the extent of the effectiveness of the professional development program in enriching

teacher understanding about the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of

English language learners.

Fourth, a case study was an appropriate design when the objective of an

evaluation was “to develop a better understanding of the dynamics of a program ... and

convey a holistic and dynamically rich account of an educational program” (Kenny and

Grotelueschen, 1980, p.5). This research study used a research-based framework to

improve professional development targeted for job-embedded training of non-ESL

teachers.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
78

Quantitative methods could have been used to measure the change in the teachers’

understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs, but numerical data

would not help describe and provide the “thick description” that most aptly describes the

process that teachers undergo and the understandings that they acquire as they

participated in the professional development program (Merriam, 1998, p.29). On the

other hand, qualitative research provided a means for a more extensive study of this

targeted small group of teachers within the natural context of their school. As Miles and

Huberman (1994) describe qualitative research methods zero in on:

naturally occurring, ordinary events in natural settings, so that we have a strong


handle on what “real life” is like. That confidence is buttressed by local
groundedness, the fact that the data were collected in close proximity to a specific
situation... (p. 10)

Another benefit of qualitative research was that the researcher, as a participant

and observer, was given the unique opportunity to study the effectiveness of the

professional development from a more personal and intimate perspective by working

closely with the eight teachers throughout the entire study. The researcher utilized field

transcripts of interviews from audiotapes, questionnaires and researcher field notes to

describe the implications of a professional development program on the teacher’s

understanding and instructional practices with English language learners.

Although there are many benefits to case study research, there were also certain

limitations. First, the researcher recognized that the final product may be “too detailed,

or too involved for busy policy makers and educators to read and use” (Merriam, 1998

p.42). Also, according to Guba and Lincoln (1981, p.377), another limitation of case

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
79

study research, is that case studies may “oversimplify or exaggerate a situation, leading

the reader to erroneous conclusions about the actual state of affairs.” Also, readers of

case study research need to remember that the research was “a slice of life” and not

accounts of a whole that can be easily generalizable to situations outside this case study.

A third major limitation of case study qualitative research is the potential for bias and

lack of integrity by the researcher who is the primary person responsible for data

collection and analysis. Furthermore, Guba and Lincoln (1981, p.378) warn that case

study research is susceptible to the “unusual problems of ethics.” Merriam (1998)

explains that readers of case study research and the researcher/author of the study should

recognize the possible biases that may affect the final written product.

In spite of these limitations, a case study method remained as the preferred

approach to answer the two major research questions of this study.

Each of the eight teachers was considered as a case. The researcher constructed

each case by documenting where each teacher was at the beginning of the study, what

was going on during the study and how each teacher felt at the end of the study in terms

of their understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English

language learners and the perceptions of their instruction. The researcher collected this

data through the use o f pre and post interviews, questionnaires that were given numerous

times during the study, and by researcher field notes that documented both formal

discussion with the teachers during study group meetings and informal individual

conversations with teachers throughout the study.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
80

The researcher then conducted a cross-case analysis by comparing the similarities

and differences among the eight teachers on a few of the most relevant themes that

emerged from this analysis (Miles and Huberman, 1994, pp. 205-206).

The research design that was used for the study was a semistructured case study

approach. According to Yin (1989), a case study is:

an empirical study that investigates a contemporary phenomenon within


its real-life context; when the boundaries between phenomenon and
context are not clearly evident; and in which multiple sources of evidence
are used (p.23).

The cross case analysis approach highlighted the numerous factors that

contributed to the entire study. One of the characteristics of a case study is that it is a

bounded system (Stake, 1995, p. 60). Case study is an appropriate research strategy for

closely examining a bounded system according to Adelman, Jenkins, and Kemmis (1983)

when “the boundaries have a common sense obviousness, e.g. an individual teacher, a

single school, or perhaps an innovatory programme” (p.3). As described in Merriam

(1998), the case is seen as “a thing, a single entity, a unit around which there are

boundaries” (p.27). In this study, the system was a group of eight teachers in a public

middle school. This study attempted to examine in-depth a professional development

program’s effect on teachers’ understanding of English language learners’ sociocultural,

linguistic and instructional needs and the teachers’ perceptions of their instruction.

This chapter presents the overall research approach to the study. It begins by

explaining the research design and the rationale for why particular research methods were

utilized. Next, the chapter provides an overview of the context in which the study

occurred. Also, the sample of teachers used is identified and the criteria for their selection

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
81

in the study are explained. A description of data gathering procedures is outlined and the

pilot testing details are described. The chapter concludes with a plan for reporting the

data, the study’s limitations and a framework for discussing the findings in chapter four.

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

The questions that this study investigated are as follows:

1. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ understanding of the
sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners?

2. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ perceptions of their
instruction?

RESEARCH HYPOTHESIS

The research proposed that for teachers who participated in a professional

development program centered on English language learners, there would be an impact

on the middle school teachers’ professional practice in the following ways:

1. Teachers would broaden their understanding of sociocultural, linguistic and


instructional needs of English language learners.

2. Teachers would report an increased use of effective instructional strategies for


English language learners.

VARIABLES

The independent variable for this research study was the development and

implementation of a professional development program, which was centered on training

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
82

teachers to better address the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English

language learners.

The dependent variables under analysis included the following:

1. The change in the teachers’ understanding of sociocultural, linguistic and


instructional needs of English language learners as measured by questionnaires,
interviews and researcher field notes.

2. The change in the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice for English
language learners as measured by questionnaires, interviews and researcher field
notes.

While, the nature and level of change varied from teacher to teacher, most

important were both the process of change itself, and the events that may have

contributed to the change in the teachers’ professional practice.

SAMPLE DESCRIPTION

Eight teachers were selected through purposive sampling for the study. The

researcher’s criteria for selecting participants included choosing mainstream teachers

who worked with English language learners in their classrooms, had not received

previous training with English language learners and demonstrated a personal inclination

and enthusiasm towards participating in the professional development program.

Consideration was given primarily to standard curriculum teachers. As a result, the

sample consisted of six standard curriculum content teachers. Of these six standard

curriculum teachers, two participants taught math, two teachers taught language arts, one

taught science and one taught social studies. There was one special educator assistant

teacher who assisted special education students in eighth grade standard curriculum

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
83

classrooms. The researcher also chose one ESL instructor who taught a seventh grade

advanced ESL and ESL social studies classes. The researcher deliberately chose to have

only one ESL teacher participant because the purpose of the study was to investigate the

effectiveness of a professional development program for teachers with little or no prior

training with English language learners. The researcher invited the ESL teacher to

participate because of her expertise and knowledge which she could share with the other

participants during the monthly study group meetings and formal classroom trainings. No

consideration was given to the age, gender, or years of teaching experience. The teaching

experience ranged from one to fifteen years.

Seven of the eight participants were classroom teachers. Their classrooms were

heterogeneously grouped and included students of varying abilities. Individual classroom

size ranged from six to twenty-eight and contained a range of four to ten English

language learners in each class at the same time. An eighth participant was a special

educator assistant who worked as an inclusion teacher beside a standard curriculum

teacher. All classes were located within the same building having a student population of

approximately 650 students.

While the sample of eight teachers was small, it allowed the researcher the time to

acquire a rich in-depth understanding of the teachers. Background information is

provided in Tables 1, 2 and 3 regarding the participants’ years of teaching experience,

educational preparation, and years of previous teaching experience with English language

learners. This background information was provided to explain any impact that the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
84

participants’ histories could have made on their experiences with the professional

development program.

Table 1 displays the teaching experience of the participant teachers in the school

involved in the study and in the teaching field in general. There is a fairly wide range of

experience. While the teachers had taught an average of 6.6 years, only 2.2 years of that

experience was gained from teaching at other schools, with the average value of four

years having been spent at the current school.

Table 1

Years of Teaching Experience

Mean Range Median

Total Experience 6.6 1-15 3.5

Total Years at school 4 1-11 2


involved in the study

The research from Table 1 and the evidence from Table 2 regarding the teachers’

degree status indicate that this staff was made up of highly educated professionals. Six

out of eight teachers earned at least a Master’s degrees and five out of eight teachers had

earned greater than Master’s + fifteen.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
85

Table 2

Degree Status

Degree #of
staff
Bachelor’s 2

Master’s 1

Master’s + 15 2
graduate credits

Master’s + 30 3
graduate credits

Table 3 breaks down teaching experience by the number of years on average

working with English language learners in their classroom teaching. The mean total

experience of the participant teachers was 6.6 years (see Table 1) and the mean number

of years spent teaching a minimum of English language learners in each of their

classrooms at the same time is six years.

Table 3

Years of Previous Teaching Experience with English language learners

Mean Range Median

Teachers 6 1-15 3.5

DATA GATHERING PROCEDURES


Eight educators were selected for study through purposive sampling. The

researcher’s criteria for selecting participants included choosing mainstream teachers

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
86

who worked with English language learners in their classrooms, had not received

previous training with English language learners and demonstrated a personal inclination

and enthusiasm towards participating in the professional development program. Prior to

the first interview, the volunteers were asked to consider participating in the study. For

the teachers who elected to participate in the study, the researcher carefully explained the

requirements and expectations that would be expected of the participants. The researcher

outlined that participants would be required to attend monthly study group meetings, to

agree to a year-long commitment mentoring an English language learner, answer

questionnaires, and participate in tape-recorded interviews.

The researcher emphasized during three different study group meetings that none

of the teachers were obligated to participate in the study and that if they wished to opt-out

of the study, they could do so at anytime in the process. Furthermore, the researcher

informed the teachers that their participation in the study would not be used in any

manner as part of the teacher’s annual evaluation. Lastly, the researcher distributed the

“Informed Consent Form” at a study group meeting (Appendix A). All participants read

the document silently and then the researcher reviewed paragraph by paragraph the

content of the form to ensure clarity. Then, the participants were asked to sign the

document if they agreed to all of its provisions.

An interview protocol was developed and used in December (Appendix C) and

June (Appendix D) to uncover changes in the participants’ understanding of the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners and their

perceptions of use of effective instructional strategies designed for English language

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
learners. Interviews were recorded and transcribed for coding the results and analyzing

the data within them. There were researcher field notes, which documented observations

of participants at monthly study group meetings, meetings between the teachers and their

English language learner mentee as well as recorded conversations with participants that

were outside of study group meetings. There were four questionnaires that were

developed and used to uncover changes in the participants’ understanding of the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners, and their

perceptions of use of effective instructional strategies designed for English language

learners. These three data sources were triangulated for gathering the most

comprehensive, valid findings. Specific logistical details involving each instrument are

included in the following sections.

INSTRUMENTS
The instruments used to collect the data were varied to determine the

effectiveness of the professional development. Three different instruments were used to

collect data. They included researcher field notes, interviews, and questionnaires.

RESEARCHER FIELD NOTES


The field notes were taken by the researcher at monthly study group meetings to

record th e p a r tic ip a n ts’ fe e lin g s and u n d ersta n d in g s. T h e m o n th ly stu d y grou p m e e tin g s ’

agenda followed a routine schedule. The meeting leader allowed for meeting participants

to share about the progress each was making with their mentee as well as the challenges

and questions they had with dealing with specific issues with their mentees. After this

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
88

small and whole group share, the leader introduced the main topic for discussion.

Meeting topics included “Introduction to Mentoring II”, “Getting to Know Your

Mentee”, “Assessing Oral Language”, “Challenges growing up in a bilingual cultural

world, “Challenges growing up in a bilingual cultural world. Part II - High School

Students talk to middle school mentees”, and “Expanding the Fuller Mentoring Program”

in 2006-2007. As part of the follow up from the main discussion an article(s) were

distributed to meeting participants to read on their own and reflect on their work in their

classrooms.

INTERVIEWS
Interviews were conducted to explore in more depth about the teachers’

understanding of the needs of English language learners and their perceptions of the

instructional strategies that they used with English language learners (Appendix C and

D).

QUESTIONNAIRES
Questionnaires were researcher designed. Two questionnaires were designed with

open-ended questions to measure the change in the participants’ understanding of the

sociocultural and linguistic needs of English language learners from the two formal

classroom trainings: Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching and

Assessment of Speaking and Listening (Appendix F & G). A second series of

questionnaires were tailored to the topics discussed during particular monthly study

group meetings and given at the end of each meeting (Appendices H). A final

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
89

questionnaire was used to uncover the changes in the participants’ understanding of the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners, and their

perceptions of use of effective instructional strategies designed for English language

learners (Appendix I).

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Due to the multiple factors of human interaction coupled with the structures of

scheduling and competing needs, reliability of this qualitative case study focused more on

being consistent and dependable rather than being replicable (Merriam, 1998). To

emphasize consistency, dependability and validity, the use of triangulation was utilized to

enhance internal validity. Triangulation is the process of using “multiple investigators,

multiple sources of data, or multiple methods to confirm the emerging findings”

(Merriam, 1998, p.204). The purpose of the triangulation was to gather multiple

perspectives so as to gain a more complete understanding of the phenomena being

studied.

Data was generated via numerous methodologies. The instruments used to collect

the data included researcher field notes, audio-recorded interviews, and questionnaires.

Because the researcher was the primary data collector in the study, the researcher

had unintentional bias that must be considered. To limit this bias, the researcher

requested input from other experts in the field of English language acquisition to check

and review the data periodically. Another concern about the researcher’s role as the

primary data gatherer was the possible impact that it might have on the participants’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
90

responses in questionnaires and interviews. Because these teachers recognized that the

researcher is also the Department Chair of ESL/Bilingual Programs and an advocate for

English language learners, it was possible that the attitudes and opinions that the

participants shared with the researcher may not have exactly reflected all of their

authentic thoughts.

The interview process also was planned to ensure authentic participant responses.

The interview times were developed ahead of time to give participants an opportunity to

plan for the interview. The interviews were conducted in the researcher’s office - a

comfortable, private and non-threatening questioning environment. The interview

questions were not given ahead of time to the participants, so the researcher took into

account that their responses may have be slightly different if they had more time to

prepare their thoughts prior to the interview. To account for this potential factor, the

researcher provided participants ample response time.

The researcher was responsible for collecting the data and for developing the

written documentation. In addition to this effort for the triangulation of evidence, the

researcher utilized strategies to ensure internal validity including the following. The

researcher asked colleagues in the field of English language acquisition to serve as peer

examiners to comment on the findings as they developed during the study.

DATA COLLECTION
The instruments listed below were used for data collection.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
91

RESEARCHER FIELD NOTES


Field notes were maintained on a computer and recorded important notes,

insights and summaries of informal conversations with the participants. The notes were

expanded and updated to include descriptions, observations, and personal reflections

when the researcher returned to his home office (Appendix E is an example).

INTERVIEWS
Interviews were conducted using a semi-structured interview protocol (Merriam,

1998). The questions were written to relate to the major research questions. Interviews

allowed for more detailed responses through clarifying questions and follow-up responses

that might not have been sufficiently addressed in the questionnaires and field notes.

The researcher utilized a set of prepared interview questions, but also asked

participants to clarify or elaborate on questions that required more clarity using flexible

questioning. During each interview, the researcher utilized collegial checking when

clarification of participant’s responses was necessary. The researcher restated

participants’ responses by asking, “So, I heard you say ... is that what you meant?” The

interviews were conducted in the researcher’s office. The order of the interviews was

arranged based on the availability of the teacher’s schedule. The interviews were tape-

recorded and transcribed by the researcher. Then, the transcripts were coded. A list of the

applied codes is included.

Individuals not involved in the study piloted the interview questions. Then, the

interviews were conducted in December and June for all eight participants involved in the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
92

professional development. (Appendix C was the interview protocol used in December

and Appendix D was the interview protocol used in June.)

QUESTIONNAIRES
A variety of questionnaires were given to the participants throughout the research

study. The first questionnaire was given at the conclusion of the Department of Education

Workshop entitled Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching (Appendix

F). The second questionnaire was administered following the Department of Education

Workshop entitled Assessment of Speaking and Listening (Appendix G). The third

questionnaire was given to participants following the January study group meeting

entitled Challenges growing up in a bilingual cultural world (Appendix H). The fourth

questionnaire was administered in June as part of collecting data about their participation

in the program (Appendix I).

These four questionnaires were completed by the participants, and then collected

and analyzed by the researcher. Each questionnaire focused on gathering information

from the teachers about their understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and

instructional needs o f English language learners.

EXPERT REVIEW OF INTERVIEWS AND SURVEY PROTOCOLS

Interviews were informed by Merriam’s guidelines for different levels of

questioning in interviews (1998) and based on information researched in the preparation

of the literature review. The interview questions were reviewed by Dr. Sara Hamerla, the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
93

district Assistant Director of ESL/Bilingual Programs and Esta Montano, the Director of

Equity and Achievement to ensure clarity.

The questionnaire for the Department of Education workshop entitled Assessment

of Speaking and Listening was piloted with colleagues in the field of English language

acquisition to ensure clarity and relevance to the study’s major research questions. Also

the fourth and final questionnaire used to assess the effectiveness of the professional

development program was piloted with one teacher outside the study, Dr. Sara Hamerla

and Esta Montano to ensure clarity.

The colleagues were requested to offer input and additional suggestions or

recommendations for refining existing questions or adding new ones in order to gather

necessary data from the teachers.

DATA ANALYSIS

RESEARCHER FIELD NOTES


The researcher reviewed and coded the field notes based on the underlying themes

of the research study including the change in the participant’s understanding of the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners, and the

change in the participants’ perceptions in their use of instructional strategies for English

language learners.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
94

INTERVIEWS
The interviews were audio recorded and then transcribed by the researcher. The

interview transcripts were reviewed by the researcher. The results of the interview

transcriptions were saved on the computer and on hard copy.

Interview responses were initially coded using categories of analysis that are

designed by the researcher. The coding system was developed to discover emerging

trends and themes related to the change in the participants’ understanding of the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners, and the

change in the participant’s perceptions in their use of instructional strategies for English

language learners. As additional trends emerged, additional coding were added for the

analysis.

There were two main sets of coding categories used for analyzing the data. The

complete list is written in chart form below in Table 4. First, there was one set of codes

related to analyzing the first research question that focused on the change in the teachers’

understanding of the “instructional needs” (I), “sociocultural needs” (S), and “linguistic

needs” (L) of the students. Under this first set of major coding categories, there were sub­

categories that further defined examples of instructional, sociocultural and linguistic

needs. Under instructional needs there was a set of sub-categories including:

“scaffolding” (SF), “chunking” (CH), “activating prior knowledge” (APK), “graphic

organizers” (GO), “grouping strategies” (GS), “culturally responsive instruction” (CRI)

and “visuals” (V). Under the major category of sociocultural needs, there were a set of

sub-categories including: “culture” (C), “home life” (HL), “family” (F), and “school

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
95

codes & customs” (SCC). Regarding the third major category of linguistic needs there

were a set of sub-categories including: “second language acquisition” (SLA),

“conversational language” (BICS), “academic language” (CALPS), “vocabulary”

(VOCAB), and “cognates” (COG).

The second major set of codes related to the second research question that

analyzed the change in the teachers’ perceptions of their “instructional practice” (P).

Under this major category, there was a set of sub-categories which included the

following: “scaffolding” (P-SF), “chunking” (P-CH), “activating prior knowledge” (P-

APK), “graphic organizers” (P-GO), “grouping strategies” (P-GS), “culturally responsive

instruction” (P-CRI) and “visuals” (P-V).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
96

Table 4

Coding System

1. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ understanding of the
sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners?

Instructional needs (I)

Sub-categories

Scaffolding (SF)

Chunking (CH)

Activating Prior Knowledge (APK)

Graphic Organizers (GO)

Grouping Strategies (GS)

Culturally Responsive Instruction (CRI)

Visuals (V)

Sociocultural needs (S)

Sub-categories

Culture (C)

Home-Life (HL)

Family (F)

School Codes and Customs (SCC)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
97

Linguistic Needs (L)

Sub-categories

Second Language Acquisition (SLA)

Conversational Language (BICS)

Academic Language (CALPS)

Vocabulary (VOCAB)

Cognates (COG)

2. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ perceptions of their
instruction?

Instructional Practice (IP)

Sub-categories

Scaffolding (P-SF)

Chunking (P-CH)

Activating Prior Knowledge (P-APK)

Graphic Organizers (P-GO)

Grouping Strategies (P-GS)

Culturally Responsive Instruction (P-CRI)

Visuals (P-V)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
98

QUESTIONNAIRES

Questionnaires were administered for the participants at the conclusion of the two

Department of Education workshops in August and November, at the end of the January

study group meeting and at the conclusion of the research project in June. These four

questionnaires were designed primarily of open-response questions tailored to the topics

that were discussed during the Department of Education workshops, the January study

group meeting and the end-of-year project evaluation in June. Each questionnaire focused

on gathering data on how the content of the workshop or the study group meeting

informed their understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of

English language learners, and impacted their thinking about appropriate instructional

strategies for English language learners.

The researcher transcribed each questionnaire. All transcriptions were saved on

the computer and in hard copy. Questionnaire responses were initially coded using

categories of analysis that were designed by the researcher. As additional trends

emerged, additional coding was added for the analysis.

REPORTING THE DATA

As reported earlier in chapter three, this study investigated and described how the

aspects of the formal classroom training, the teachers’ work as mentors of English

language learners and the teachers’ participation in monthly English language learner

study group meetings informed the teachers’ understanding of English language learners’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
99

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs, and informed the teachers’ perceptions of

use of effective instructional strategies for English language learners.

According to Miles and Huberman (1994), “Words, especially organized into

incidents or stories, have a concrete, vivid, meaningful flavor that often proves far more

convincing to a reader...than pages of summarized numbers” (p.l). The results of the

interviews were explained briefly as individual cases, and then general themes and

patterns were explained analyzing all of the cases as a whole. Relevant patterns and

themes from the researcher field notes and questionnaires were also explained.

The results of the study gained greater consistency, dependability and validity due

to the use of triangulation between the three major data sources of researcher field notes,

interviews and questionnaires. Triangulation is the process of using “multiple

investigators, multiple sources of data, or multiple methods to confirm the emerging

findings” (Merriam, 1998, p.204).

LIMITATIONS
There were several limitations and threats to internal validity in this study. First,

the size of the sample, eight teachers from one school inhibits the potential for making

the findings of the study generalizable beyond how the study might help improve the

professional development at this one school. Second, while the selection process for

choosing the teachers was completely voluntary, the researcher deliberately recruited

teachers who demonstrated a sincere interest and enthusiasm in the learning needs of

English language learners and represented a variety of content areas.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
There were other limitations to this study. The researcher recognized that the

participating teachers were aware of their role as active participants in the research.

Consequently, there is a possibility that participants responded or behaved in inauthentic

ways according to the “Hawthorne effect” (Suter, 1998). Therefore, it is possible that the

attitudes and opinions that were recorded, reviewed and analyzed may not have exactly

reflected all of the authentic thoughts of each of the participants. The researcher

attempted to minimize this limitation by emphasizing repeatedly to the participants that

the study’s credibility depended on the participants’ consistent honest and sincere

feedback about the professional development program.

The researcher also acknowledges the possibility for his own bias towards

highlighting the positive responses from the teachers regarding the beneficial effects of

the English Language Learners Study Group and downplaying the negative aspects since

the researcher was also the originator and leader of the study group. Efforts were made to

minimize this through the use of neutral individuals unaffiliated with the study to review

the questionnaires, interviews and field notes. There were also other individuals who

helped review the data.

Another limitation is that the researcher was the principal collector of the data. As

the Department Head o f ESL/Bilingual Programs and member of the school’s leadership

team, there may have been a perception among the participants that the researcher had

institutional authority over them. As a result of this perception, there is the possibility that

the participants may have responded in inauthentic ways. Also, the researcher is mindful

that participants may have felt hesitant or preoccupied that their participation in the study

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
101

could have affected their evaluation despite the researcher’s assurances that participation

would have no effect on their evaluation.

A final limitation is that most of the data instruments including the questionnaires

and interviews were researcher designed. As a result, there may have been threats to

internal validity and reliability. To emphasize consistency, dependability and validity, the

use of triangulation was utilized to enhance internal validity. Triangulation is the process

of using “multiple investigators, multiple sources of data, or multiple methods to confirm

the emerging findings” (Merriam, 1998, p.204).

CONCLUSION
This study utilized a cross-case study research design to describe a professional

development program that prepared teachers with limited prior training with English

language learners to understand the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of

English language learners. Qualitative data was collected in a variety of manners

including researcher field notes, semi-structured interviews, and questionnaires. These

methods provided a rich, descriptive picture of the study and in this case the changes that

took place in teachers’ understanding, and use of instructional strategies dealing with

English language learners. The following chapter describes the findings that resulted

from the qualitative case study presented in this chapter. Themes and discoveries made

from the different data sources are explained in detail while general conclusions and

analysis are presented in Chapter Five.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
102

Chapter 4

Analysis of Data and Findings

INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this chapter is to present the data obtained in the study. The

chapter commences with an introduction to the case study and provides an overview of

the research project and a description of the school site and the teacher participants.

Following the introduction, the findings have been broken out in each of the three areas

of the professional development utilized by the English Language Learner Study Group:

the formal classroom trainings, the monthly study group meetings and the mentoring

program. Within the presentation of the findings for each of these areas of professional

development, there is a description of what the professional development consisted of,

and the reporting of the findings from each of the data sources including questionnaires,

interviews, and researcher’s observations of meetings and field notes.

After the presentation of the findings in each of the specific areas of professional

development, there is a presentation of the findings of the teachers’ professional growth

with respect to their understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs

of English language learners and to their perceptions of the changes to their instruction

that resulted from participation in the English Language Learner Study Group. There is a

dual purpose of this format. First, it is to evaluate the effectiveness of each area of

professional development for altering the teachers’ understanding of the needs of English

language learners. Second, it is to evaluate the effectiveness of the formation of the

English Language Learner Study Group as a whole in promoting teacher professional

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
103

growth. The distinct nature of the findings for each area of professional development

lends itself to this organization and provides the reader with a path to follow. Following

the findings regarding the analysis of professional growth, there is a third part of findings

that is identified as “Other significant findings.” This part describes two unexpected

findings from the case study that were not directly related to the research questions

guiding the study.

THE SITE

Nations Middle School is located within a suburban town of 60,000 residents in

New England approximately twenty miles outside of a major city. This is one of three

middle schools in the district and educates approximately 650 students in grades six

through eight. At the time of the study, students came from four of the district’s eight

elementary schools. This diverse group of English language learners made up about 30%

of the school’s population at the time of the study. These students as a group came from

over twenty countries and spoke more than twenty different languages other than English

at home.

Nations Middle School’s student population was approximately 64% Caucasian/

Non-Hispanic (native Brazilian students are included in this subgroup), 24% Hispanic,

7% African-American and 5% Asian at the time of the study. Over 30% of the school’s

population was classified as Limited English Proficient (LEP). The teaching staff at the

time of the study was 85% native-English speakers and 15% non-native English speakers,

and 95% Caucasian, 3.3% Hispanic and 1.7% African-American.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
104

The district was committed to a district goal of “Closing the Achievement Gap”

and in accordance with this district goal, the Nations Middle School had offered a school-

wide professional development day, which targeted English language learners. This

professional day was entitled, “Meeting the Needs of All Learners: An Introduction to

Second Language Learners.” In addition to this training, the school’s induction program

for new teachers included one afternoon meeting about an overview of the school’s

ESL/Bilingual/Sheltered English program and a brief review of instructional strategies

geared for improving the learning for second language learners. Also, the district offered

professional development courses for college graduate credit every semester and during

certain weeks during the summer since 2002. Some of the courses included Enriching

Content Classes for Secondary English Speakers Of Other Languages, Reading &

Writing in Secondary Sheltered Content Classrooms, Enhancing English Language

Learning in Elementary Classrooms, Introduction to Second Language Learning and

Teaching, and Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol (SIOP). These courses

introduced second language acquisition theory, the impact of culture on student learning

and the study of effective instructional strategies for English language learners.

While these professional development initiatives were established, English

language learners at the Nations Middle School still were floundering relative to other

native English speakers. The researcher, working with the school’s guidance counselors,

used report card data and attendance data to show that English language learners missed

more school due to absenteeism and made up a much larger percentage of the failing list

as compared to the subgroup of white, native speakers (non Special Education). In partly

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
105

as a response to this student data, the researcher designed the English Language Learner

Study Group to create a method of professional development that was job-embedded and

provided teachers with opportunities for on-going, consistent, collaborative professional

development. This professional development was designed into three major components:

formal classroom training, monthly study group meetings and teacher participation in the

Nations Middle School mentoring program. There were two formal classroom training:

Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching was offered in August and the

second course, Assessment of Speaking and Listening took place in November. The

monthly study group meetings took place during the months of September, October,

November, January, April, May and June. The December monthly meeting was

substituted by 45-minute one-on-one interviews between the researcher and each teacher.

The February and March meetings did not convene because of conflicts with preparing

for MCAS and Massachusetts English Proficiency Assessment testing. The mentoring

program began at the end of August and continued through June.

This case study sought to discover how participation in the English Language

Learner Study Group informed the teachers’ understanding of the needs of English

language learners and how it informed their instructional practice. The researcher’s

criteria for selecting all but one of the teachers included choosing teachers who worked

with English language learners in their classrooms, had not received previous training

with English language learners and demonstrated a personal inclination and enthusiasm

towards participating in the professional development program. In addition, the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
106

researcher deliberately sought to choose a trained ESL teacher to provide expertise and

experience to the study group.

The sample for the study consisted of six standard curriculum content teachers. Of

these six standard curriculum teachers, Lois taught eighth grade math and Karen, seventh

grade math. There were also two language arts teachers - Joan in eighth grade and

Barbara in seventh grade. There was a seventh grade science teacher named Lila and a

seventh grade social studies named Harry. Also, Lori was the one special educator

assistant teacher who assisted special education students in eighth grade standard

curriculum classrooms. Finally, the researcher selected Jackie, a second-year seventh

grade ESL instructor. The researcher deliberately invited Jackie to participate in the

study as an ESL teacher because he hoped that she would provide expertise and

knowledge to the other participants during the monthly study group meetings and formal

classroom trainings. There was no bias in selecting the teachers with respect to age,

gender, or years of teaching experience. The teaching experience ranged from one to

fifteen years. Seven o f the eight participants were classroom teachers.

Table 5 below describes the characteristics of the teacher participants that were

discussed in Chapter Three.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
107

Table 5

Characteristics of Teacher Participants

Teacher Grade Content Area Years of


Name Level Teaching
Experience
Harry 7 Social Studies Student teaching

Lori 8 Special Education 15

Jackie 7 ESL 2

Lila 7 Science 3

Barbara 7 Language Arts 2

Karen 7 Mathematics 2

Lois 8 Mathematics 4

Joan 8 Language Arts 13

Table 5 displays the teaching experience of the participant teachers in the school

involved in the study and in the teaching field in general. There is a fairly wide range of

experience with the teachers. While teachers have taught an average of 6.6 years, only 2.2

years of that experience was gained teaching at other schools, with the average value of

four years having been spent at the current school.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
108

Table 1

Years of Teaching Experience

Mean Range Median

Total Experience 6.6 1-15 3.5

Total Years at school 4 1-11 2


involved in the study

The research from Table 1 and the evidence from Table 2 regarding the teachers’

degree status indicate that this staff was made up of highly educated professionals. Six

out of eight teachers earned at least a Master’s degrees and five out of eight teachers had

earned greater than Master’s + fifteen.

Table 2

Degree Status

Degree #of
staff
Bachelor’s 2

Master’s 1

Master’s +15 2
graduate credits

Master’s + 30 3
graduate credits

Table 3 breaks down teaching experience by the number of years on average

working with English language learners in their classroom teaching. The mean total

experience o f the participant teachers was 6.6 years (see Table 1) and the mean number

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
109

of years spent teaching a minimum of English language learners in each of their

classrooms at the same time is six years.

Table 3

Years o f Previous Teaching Experience with English language learners

Mean Range Median

Teachers 6 1-15 3.5

ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER STUDY GROUP

PART I: FORMAL CLASSROOM TRAINING

All of the teachers except the ESL teacher participated in two formal classroom

trainings described below. The first was Introduction to Second Language Learning and

Teaching and the second was Assessment of Speaking and Listening Skills of English

Language Learners.

INTRODUCTION TO SECOND LANGUAGE LEARNING AND TEACHING

The first formal classroom workshop training was the course entitled:

Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching. This ten-hour course was co­

taught by Dr. Carol Bearse and Nataly Reed. Both instructors were certified Department

of Education course trainers. Dr. Bearse is an expert on second language acquisition

development and literacy and Nataly Reed is a veteran high school ESL teacher. Six of

the eight teachers participated in this course. Barbara took the course during the spring of

2005 and Jackie took a similar course during her ESL graduate program.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
110

The course involved key factors affecting second language acquisition;

implications of the factors on classroom organization and instruction; implications of

cultural differences for classroom organization and instruction; and organization, content,

and performance levels in the Massachusetts English Language Proficiency Benchmarks

and Outcomes.

Immediately following the workshop all of the six teachers evaluated the

effectiveness of the course with a questionnaire entitled Introduction to Second Language

Learning and Teaching: Think-Back Activity (Appendix G). The teachers were asked to

identify two ideas or concepts that they learned during the workshop and then summarize,

explain and relate the idea or concept to how it may or may not impact their instruction.

One of the findings indicated that four of the teachers identified that the training

helped increase their awareness of the students’ struggle in understanding the curriculum

content. Harry and Joan’s words supported this finding:

• This experience was very valuable. It put me as close to being in the students’ shoes as I
possibly could be. After this activity, I took greater care in making sure all
instructions/words were clearly understood. (Harry)

• This has increased my awareness of delivery of content. I will look at words through a
new lens. I also will think more about scripts or previewing ideas before I ask students to
discuss. (Joan)

SOCIOCULTURAL NEEDS

During the interviews conducted in December, the teachers were asked how this

formal classroom training informed their instructional practice of English language

learners. Seven of the eight teachers responded to this question. (The ESL teacher did not

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Ill

attend the Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching course and therefore

did not assess the course.) Four of the seven teachers’ responses indicated that they

gained a deeper understanding of the sociocultural needs of the students. Harry, Lila, and

Joan’s responses illustrated this improved understanding of the students’ needs:

• What I really liked is we didn’t just talk about the academic side we learned about the
cultural side too and social norms.... That’s a lot of what happened in that class, real
world experiences, real world settings, scenarios that you can tie into different
cultures and look at it through a different set of eyes basically. (Harry)

• And I guess the training has allowed me to see a lot more of their background and
their personal life of what’s going on outside of school and taking that into
consideration with some of them whether it be supplies that they get or the time that
they have available. (Lila)

• The training helped me learn about Natalia’s [Joan’s mentee] priorities in her family.
She mentioned that getting her green card was one of the most important things right
now. It was a priority and she gave me monthly updates about it.. .1 have a lot of
empathy and I guess I wasn’t aware of these kinds of things prior to the training.
(Joan)

LINGUISTIC NEEDS

All seven of the teachers identified how the training made them more aware of the

linguistic needs of these students. Two teachers, Karen and Lois, explained how the

training helped them see the importance of allowing students to use their native language

in the classroom:

• It opened my eyes to some aspects that I hadn’t thought about yet in terms of the
length o f time the students need to translate in their minds. Knowing that they might
need somebody of the same language to sort of bounce ideas off of in their native
language and then produce something in English. That was helpful. (Karen)

• I allow opportunities for students to speak in their own language in the class. Not that
I ever say they couldn’t when they are talking among each other to help each other
they should use whatever language best facilitates sharing their ideas. But also if we

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
112

are reporting out and explaining the process for doing the math somebody may
explain in English, somebody in Spanish, or in Portuguese or whatever language.
(Lois)

INSTRUCTIONAL NEEDS

Two of the seven teachers described how the training helped them better address

the instructional needs of English language learners with the use of visuals and a variety

of grouping strategies to promote more speaking opportunities for the English language

learners. Lila and Joan described their attentiveness to these needs:

• They need to have a lot of visuals and do a lot of hands-on things just like with the
Special Education students and I guess I sort of group them all in one category both
Special Ed. and Ell. Because they do not have the same previous experiences, they
might need slower learning styles or more visuals and things like that. (Lila)

• I also learned a lot about how to communicate with these kids, some different
strategies on how to get them to feel more part of the classroom community and less
part of being in their own little group because they tend to sort of congregate together
in the classroom. There are times when they speak their native language within my
classroom and I don’t know what are they talking about and maybe prior to the
training I might have said, “You have to speak in English when you are here.” But I
think having taken the training and understanding that that’s their comfort and that
they want to express their identity and their culture so I’m less sort of stringent on
you can’t speak your language in here. (Joan)

UNDERSTANDING OF THE SOCIOCULTURAL, LINGUISTIC AND


INSTRUCTIONAL NEEDS

Five teachers elaborated on how the training increased their understanding of the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of the students. For example, Barbara

described the following regarding the students’ sociocultural needs:

• The training opened my mind to a world of learners I knew nothing about. Their
home lives and learning abilities/styles are drastically different from mainstream
(native English speakers) and much about the educational approach cannot be taken
for granted. (Barbara)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
113

There were four teachers’ responses that centered on the linguistic needs of

English language learners and second language acquisition theory as an area that has

informed their instructional practice. Lori explained the following:

• I was especially surprised to discover just how limited students are in their grasp of
academic English as opposed to their ability to converse appropriately with their
peers in social interaction.

In the final June interview, one of the teachers, Lois, highlighted the

meaningfulness of the Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching training

in terms of her understanding of the students’ sociocultural needs.

• The first training helped lay out for me what it would be like if I were one of the
students and coming into their situation. Students are already here or they come here
with their parents and they enter into a world of English and they have to learn it in
order to be part of the world whereas their parents might be able to get by without it
and their grandparents might not even try. So over time, they might lose the ability to
communicate between each other and that’s a just an unbelievable tragedy. It can stop
the culture within the family and that was particularly powerful for me. (Lois)

INFORMED INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICE

During the final questionnaire conducted in June, the teachers were asked to

explain how the Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching training

informed their instructional practice of English language learners.

Two of the seven teachers, Lila and Lois, identified specific examples of how the

training informed their instructional practice.

• I was aware of the need to re-explain things and use more visual aids. (Lila)

• Speaking slowly. Pairing students so they can help each other. When taking quizzes
and tests, monitoring students so they get the correct interpretation of questions. The
importance of continuing instruction in native language while learning English. (Lois)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
114

SUMMARY OF MAJOR FINDINGS FROM INTRODUCTION TO SECOND


LANGUAGE LEARNING AND TEACHING

The findings from this formal classroom training suggest that the workshop raised

the general level of understanding of the seven teachers in four major areas:

• It improved their knowledge about second language acquisition.

• It described the impact that culture has on English language learners’ school
experience.

• It introduced two instructional strategies effective for English language learners


including the use o f visuals and the utilization of a variety of grouping strategies that
promote greater interaction and speaking opportunities for English language learners.

• It helped the teachers acquire a richer understanding of how the students’ home lives
affects their academic performance in school.

ASSESSMENT OF SPEAKING AND LISTENING

The second formal classroom training was entitled Assessment of Speaking and

Listening Skills of English language learners. Dr. Carol Bearse, a certified Department of

Education trainer and an expert on second language acquisition development and literacy,

taught this ten-hour course. All of the teachers except the ESL teacher participated in this

course as one cohort. The ESL teacher took this course the school year before as part of

her orientation as an ESL teacher in the district ESL/bilingual program.

The course content involved the teachers reviewing a specially designed rubric

called the Massachusetts English Language Assessment-Oral or MELA-O. Heidi

Goodrich (2005), a rubrics expert, defines a rubric as "a scoring tool that lists the criteria

for a piece of work”. In this case, the MELA-0 rubric is designed for trained teachers to

assess an English language learner’s comprehension and production (speaking) of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
115

English in the natural setting of the classroom (Appendix L). After the teachers became

familiar with the different criteria in the rubric, they watched several video clips of

different English language learners participating in classroom activities and discussions.

Then they practiced using the rubric to assess the students’ English comprehension and

production abilities within an acceptable range. Finally, the teachers took a MELA-0

calibration test that required each teacher to score ten different English language learners’

comprehension and production abilities.

Immediately following the course, the seven teachers evaluated the effectiveness

of the course with a questionnaire and then two weeks later were asked specific questions

regarding the effectiveness of the training as part of the December interviews conducted

by the researcher.

LINGUISTIC NEEDS

Two central questions were utilized to elicit the teachers’ learning from this

formal classroom training. One of the questions asked the teachers to describe how the

Massachusetts English Language Proficiency-Oral assessment informed their

understanding of the linguistic needs of English language learners. Six of the seven

teachers identified that they gained a greater awareness of the students’ challenges for

comprehension of classroom dialogue and discussion. Lori and Lila’s words illustrate this

keener awareness of students’ struggle with comprehension of classroom content:

• I am more aware of the chance that a student does not truly comprehend what is being
asked of him despite his outward appearance of understanding. I am more apt to take
the time to ask clarifying questions as a result of the training. (Lori)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
116

• I guess I just automatically assumed that if they don’t understand something they are
going to come to me and ask me, but they might not even understand that they don’t
understand it.. .Because I know that when I get in front of the classroom and I’m
talking and giving a lesson, I assume they know the meaning of the words that I’m
saying with the same context I’m thinking it to mean but they may not. So that’s
definitely a good challenge for me to take into consideration that there are different
words and they might mean different things to these students. (Lila)

Also, three of the seven teachers described how they began to listen more

carefully to the English language learners’ speaking and pronunciation. In the words of

Harry and Karen:

• It certainly made me look at things differently. I use the pronunciation example again.
I began to watch for things from the students that I wouldn’t normally watch for, and
I began to listen to them for pronunciation, and as a social studies teacher before I
was more worried about the content, but it was important for me to see where their
pronunciation was.. .Now I was listening to their voice, because I wanted to hear how
they were pronouncing things and not just what they were saying. (Harry)

• Now I pay closer attention and they sort of have intonations with their native
language and I hear a little bit of an accent between the “b” instead of the “v” from
the Spanish speakers. (Karen)

INFORMED INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICE

The second question that teachers were asked was to explain how this workshop

informed their instructional practice of English language learners. All seven teachers

indicated that they became more aware of the challenge of comprehension for English

language learners and are utilizing different strategies to make sure that these students

are able to follow classroom discussions. Joan and Harry explained the instructional

strategies they began implementing as a result of the learnings from the workshop:

• I do a lot more dip sticking along the way, where as before I may not have done that.
(Joan)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
117

• I used to give notes and I would think I needed to go slower but still the students
couldn’t keep up. But now I have notes as fill in the blanks; it is like a formatted
structure where I have filled in a good chunk of the notes. My words in the notes
make up about 60% and they only have to fill in 40%, so they don’t have to listen to
struggle to copy everything that I am saying like before. So it allows them to catch
up. (Harry)

Five of the seven teachers also identified a greater awareness of the language they

used as part of their classroom teacher talk and keener attention to the speech of the

English language learners in their classrooms in terms of questioning, vocabulary and

pronunciation. Barbara and Lori’s words below summarize the attention that the teachers

began to place on student speech:

• I have since been more aware of the questions I give and the answers I accept.
Because there is such a distinction between standard social responses and an answer
that shows comprehension, I have been looking to ask questions that really require a
specific answer. This has also led me to be more specific with my mainstream
students as well. (Barbara)

• I am looking at their whole response.. .and looking at the student as a whole and
listening to the student to see are they using the correct words for the answer. (Lori)

Three teachers, Lois, Harry and Joan expressed some lack of clarity with the use

of the MELA-0 rubric taught in the course.

• I went through the MELA-0 and all that but I don’t know, you don’t until you
actually listen to a lot o f people and rate them and evaluate them and see one person
over time with the MELA-O. It must take a long time to become proficient in using
that tool. (Lois)

• I really struggled with the wording (on the rubric). What is the difference between
nearly all and most? I like that there is a guideline.. .but I found it difficult to use the
rubric itself. (Harry)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
118

• [During the training] I always thought that the student was lower functioning than
what was on the rubric and I tended to miss score them so I am not sure exactly how
much of that sort of translates into my teaching. I know what I do will help them
linguistically in terms of my differentiated instruction that involves pre-assessing of
what they know before every unit, using anticipation guides, using KWL guides [a
graphic organizer that helps the teacher clarify with students what they know about a
subject, what they would like to know and what they have learned at the end of a
lesson], in creating word walls, and pre-teaching vocabulary. I do all of that anyway
because it is part of my teaching. (Joan)

MISCELLANEOUS FINDINGS

There were also other miscellaneous findings from the MELA-0 training

workshop. First, four teachers indicated that they found it helpful to learn about the

English language proficiency benchmarks and standards and the rubric for assessing

speaking and listening. Lila explained:

• I can see how you can thrive in one area (of the MELA-0 assessment) but be so
deficient in another and how that can impact the other levels of language acquisition.
You can say all these students talk fine to me; we have great conversations with them.
But when they are trying to use a vocabulary acquired through a textbook or through
various lessons, they can’t pull out the words they can use, you can see there’s such a
difference between true understanding and the kind of prepackaged phrases like “that
kind of thing” or “sort o f ’ that they use because they don’t have complete
understanding of how to use the words. If I understand what level they are on I can
better understand what they are internalizing and what they are learning. Which I
honestly can say that I have not always taken this into account; it is something that I
definitely need to work on or improve in my teaching style.

Another teacher, Lois, explained that the training was helpful for her to gain a

richer understanding of the challenges faced by English language learners when they are

first learning English.

• What was most helpful... was watching the tapes and watching the children and their
facial expressions and how they struggled for words or just had a complete blank face
and didn’t have a clue; it was really powerful to see that.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
PART II: STUDY GROUP MEETINGS

The teachers participated in seven monthly study group meetings during the

following months: September, October, November, January, April, May, June. These

one-hour long meetings were conducted on the second Monday of each month. These

meetings were chaired by the ESL/Bilingual department head who was also the

researcher of the case study.

The study group meetings were designed to address a different topic relevant to

addressing the needs of English language learners and also provide time for the teachers

to strategize on how to best assist their English language learner mentee. The meetings’

group leader who was also the researcher attended all the meetings and took notes.

Immediately following each meeting, the researcher returned to his office and wrote the

minutes, a summary of his field notes and a reflection of the new insights and discoveries

from the meeting. The teachers in the English Language Learner Study Group were

aware of the dual role held by the researcher.

For the purposes of this section, English language learner study group meeting

will be referred to as only the meeting. Also, teachers and mentors will be used

interchangeably because all eight teachers were also mentors. In addition, students and

mentees will also be used interchangeably. The eight students were also mentees. The

narrative that emerges from the data is supported by the meeting minutes, the researcher’s

field notes and quotations from the teachers themselves as revealed by the researcher’s

field notes and through selected questionnaires that were administered following the

October and January meetings.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
120

Six of the eight teachers attended six or seven of the meetings. The two math

teachers were unable to attend these meetings because of commitments to attend

mandatory after-school math curriculum meetings. However, the researcher conducted

before-school meetings with these two teachers on the day after the afternoon study

group gathering in order to update the teachers on the issues discussed as well as gain

their feedback towards the progress with their work as a mentor.

September

In September, the agenda was designed to introduce the challenges that bicultural

students face in a U.S. school. The department head invited the school’s psychologist, Dr.

Glazier, a native Brazilian and bicultural member of the school community. Dr. Glazier

described the importance of teachers as cultural builders and she provided an introduction

to the bicultural conflict that English language learners often face in school. Most of the

teachers were relatively quiet throughout the meeting while Dr. Glazier conducted her

presentation. However, during the question and answer period, Harry asked, “It seems

that one of my students calls out all the time and he told me it is because that’s how it

was in school in Brazil. I have talked to him outside of class about it and I think he

understands it is something he has to work on. Am I doing the right thing?” Another

teacher, Lori, asked what Brazilian parents think about homework.

After the brief presentation, the researcher reviewed with the teachers the process

that was going to be used to match each teacher with an English language learner mentee.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
121

The researcher explained that a master list of fifteen students was devised with help from

the guidance office based on the students’ grade level, final grades and attendance

records from the previous school year. The team deliberately screened out students who

were already receiving in school or outside counseling support. These fifteen students

were interviewed by Dr. Glazier and Jean Nolan, a school guidance counselor. As part of

the interview, each student answered a brief questionnaire describing their personal

interests, hobbies, dreams and academic and personal goals. The teachers read over the

student questionnaires and identified their first and second choices for working with

students. During this process, Jackie and Joan, asked if it was recommended that they

work with one of their own students in class. The researcher explained that the most

important part in forming a successful match between mentor and mentee is if both

parties are motivated to work together. Esta Montano, the Director of Equity and

Achievement, and advisor to the researcher and regular attendee of the meetings, also

added that it is important that the mentor be prepared to set up a regular meeting schedule

with the mentee, “it takes time to get to know someone.”

Data from the meeting indicated that the teachers were excited by the prospect of

working with a mentee as evidenced by how all eight read carefully the student

questionnaires and asked more specific questions about different students to the

researcher and between each other. For example, in the words of Joan, she shared, “I

would like to work with Natalia; she is a nice girl and she wrote that she wants to be a

chef. My sister is a French pastry chef - maybe I can help her learn more about the

profession!”

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
122

October

The October meeting centered on formalizing the mentor-mentee relationship and

providing the eight teachers mentoring strategies for working with their mentees. The

researcher adapted previously created materials from the Mazie Mentoring Guide used at

the town’s high school and from the Nations Middle School’s study skills curriculum

binder. The researcher explained that that it is important to use the mentor goal setting

strategies guide and the student goal setting packet to establish a non-academic goal and

one academic goal. Esta Montano described that it is valuable to have conversations

about a non-academic goal first because it is important to not overwhelm the students

with a focus solely on academics. However, several teachers challenged this assertion.

Joan, Nancy and Lila all explained that they wanted to establish an academic goal right

from the start to send a strong message about the importance of academics. Lila said,

“From my experience working with Luis last year and from the course we took in the

summer, he has to make an academic goal and then I will try to help support it so he

doesn’t feel the weight of the goal all on his own shoulders.” Joan added, “I want Natalia

to start off on the right foot.” Esta Montano recommended in the end that the most

important part of the relationship is that in the beginning it is essential that the mentor

spend quality one-on-one time with the mentee to establish trust and build a friendship.

Dr. Bearse, the ESL/Bilingual Curriculum Resource Specialist also solicited

feedback from the teachers about their experiences with the interview of an English

language learner (See Appendix M). Joan shared, “Natalia has a mature outlook on

school and her responsibilities.” Harry explained, “I was surprised at how Leonardo had

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
123

to learn and adjust to a new set of classroom norms (regarding classroom participation)

when he came to U.S. schools.”

After sharing responses to the English language learner interviews, the meeting

addressed the teachers expressed concerns to Esta Montano and the researcher about the

process initiating meetings with the mentees. One teacher, Barbara, asked, “What are the

norms about meeting with the mentee?” Five teachers expressed concerns about how

often they were supposed to meet with the mentee. Esta Montano and the researcher

repeated that the norms would largely depend on the relationship and the time that both

the mentor and mentee invested into the relationship. Esta Montano emphasized that in

order to develop a substantive relationship, mentors and mentees should meet for a

minimum of two to three hours per month. In the days that immediately followed this

meeting, five of the eight teachers expressed concerns about meeting the time

commitment. Karen’s words summarized the feelings shared by the other four teachers:

• I have school meetings on Mondays and I have kids after school on Tuesday,
Wednesday and Thursday. I am not sure how I am going to have personal time just
with Ronaldo.

Data from this meeting indicated that the teachers were beginning to identify and

connect some of the sociocultural and instructional needs of the mentees learned from the

Introduction to Second Language Acquisition training and apply it to the work with the

mentees. Another important finding that emerged from this meeting was the teachers’

concern about the time commitment involved as a mentor and member o f the English

language learner study group.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
124

November

There was one mentor-mentee after-school team building kick-off party that took

place during the middle o f November. The researcher and Dr. Glazier, designed a team­

building game activity that involved mentors and mentees working together to knock

down Styrofoam bowling pins with nerf sponge balls. Following the game, a high school

English language learner spoke briefly to the mentees about the importance of goal

setting and how the strategy has helped her on a path to achieve her dream of being the

first in the family to attend college. Then, all the mentors and mentees worked together in

pairs to decide on an academic and non-academic goal while they enjoyed eating pizza.

There was also one meeting in November. The researcher distributed a student

survey (Appendix K) to all of the mentors to determine why the eight mentees were

uninterested in joining the formal after-school program entitled Reason Analyze and Plan

(RAP). The researcher also distributed a graphic organizer named “Goal Flower” for the

mentors to work with the mentees in goal setting and provided a list of possible ideas for

mentor-mentee meetings to take place after school such as going to the public library,

Dunkin’ Donuts, the Dansforth Museum, a walk around the neighborhood etc. After this

portion of the meeting, the researcher asked each mentor to update the group about the

progress with their mentee.

The data from the team-building activity and the study group meeting showed that

six of the eight teachers indicated that they had conducted at least one personal meeting

with their mentee. During these initial meetings there was evidence that the teachers

began to learn about their mentee’s family lives and how sometimes these home

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
125

situations complicate their students’ ability to be successful in school. Joan’s and Lori’s

words provide some examples of this learning:

• Natalia wants to be a chef. Her parents want her to be able to get a good job and make
money and she feels this pressure. (Joan)

• Lori, explained that she began to learn about the daily challenge that her mentee,
Rayanne, faces everyday without parental supervision. I haven’t been able to catch up
with the parents yet; they don’t seem to have a phone number that they answer and
they work until about 8 or 9pm. Renata stays at a cousin’s house. She told me that her
parents don’t get home until late two nights a week because they take adult ESL
classes.

The data indicated that some of the teachers began to report the development of

trust in the building of the relationship with their mentee. Barbara explained, “Jocelyn is

an honest girl, but she needs help. When she is with me she seems to be able to drop her

defensive shield. She seems to have a glow when she meets with me and has my

attention.”

Additionally the data indicated that the teachers began to recognize the

importance of utilizing specific strategies for helping their mentee achieve more

academic success. Barbara expressed, “Jocelyn is putting more effort into school and

especially her homework. We have reviewed techniques on different strategies to help

her like use her friends to partner with to do homework. Last week, she came to review

for her science test.” Harry echoed Barbara’s comments and added, “I have learned that

Bruno loves to impress that he can do well. His goal was to finish his homework

completely and since the kick-off party last week, he has been doing it.”

Data illustrated that four of the teachers expressed a continuing concern for the

challenge of finding the time to meet with their mentees. Karen explained, “I am feeling

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
126

guilty because I haven’t met with Ronaldo in my classroom and I am not sure what to do.

I promised to help him work out a schedule, but it hasn’t happened yet.” Jackie repeated

Karen’s concern by adding, “Ten of my sixteen students have been placed on student

success plans so I don’t have the energy after teaching almost an extra hour each day to

meet with her individually after school. She seeks me out and often asks, “Can I have

lunch with you today?”

December

During the month of December, the researcher conducted 45-minute mid-point

interviews with all eight teachers instead of holding a study group meeting. During the

interviews, seven of the eight teachers expressed a preference to learn more deeply about

the bicultural / bilingual world of older English language learners. Harry summarized the

feelings of the teachers:

• I’d like to leam more about the students themselves.. .because I think that once you
get to know them, then you can figure out the best way to approach teaching them.

• I’d like to have more understanding of cultures of these students. We’ve seemed to be
talking about Spanish speakers and Portuguese speakers, but that’s not my whole
exposure. I work with kids from India, Pakistan and others and I don’t know whether
we are going to be able to ever cover every culture that we represent here at Nations
Middle School, but the predominant cultures I think we should have some training on
that.

In response to the teachers’ interest, the researcher and Esta Montano collaborated in

organizing a student panel discussion of high school English language learners as the

main topic of the agenda for the January meeting.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
127

January

The January study group meeting was entitled, “Challenges growing up in a

bilingual cultural world.” Three high school English language learners described some of

the challenges they have faced during middle school and high school and the ways that

they have worked to overcome these challenges attain their goals. Two of the high school

students were eighteen year-old seniors - Maria, a young woman from El Salvador and

Jose, a young man from Costa Rica. The third student, Carmen, was a young woman bom

and raised in Mexico; she was a sixteen-year old junior. The three students spoke in the

structure of a panel discussion for approximately 45 minutes to this audience of teachers.

In a questionnaire that followed the panel discussion, the teachers were asked to

assess how the discussion helped augment their own understanding about students’

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs. The responses from the teachers’

questionnaires and the researcher’s field notes illustrated that the study group meeting

proved effective in assisting the teachers to recognize the sociocultural needs of English

language learners.

The data showed that all eight teachers described how much the students’

discussion gave them richer insight into the students’ complicated home lives and

numerous family responsibilities and gave them greater respect to the demands on the

lives of these students. In the words of Harry, Lois and Jackie:

• The family situations of these students may be much different from an average
American student. An English language learner may have many more responsibilities
at home, which are vital to the well being of the entire family. These extra pressures
impact the ability of these students to complete schoolwork and actively participate in
activities after-school. (Harry)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
128

• Even the panel seems like they have made adjustments in figuring out what makes
their balancing act work. They shared the frustration of having to grow up too fast
because of family demands and responsibilities. Each one spoke about a role model or
a family member that has inspired them, and each student has high expectations for
themselves. (Lois)

• School can feel safe and comfortable and supportive even from the position as a
teacher that you infrequently visit the world outside of school and consider how
opposite these things it can be. (Jackie)

Data from this study group meeting was that five teachers identified that they had

more understanding for the cultural conflict that some English language learners struggle

with between the values and codes of school and the values at home. Joan summarized

the feelings of three other teachers:

• It engages us as teachers to be mindful of the student experience/reality and to seek


ways to remove obstacles for Ell students who find roadblocks between their two
worlds of existence - school and home demands.

Additional data from the outcome of this high school student panel discussion

showed that the teachers found the discussion informed their instructional practice. All

eight teachers identified that they gained insight into the pressures these students face at

home and the challenges of meeting the expectations of completing school work at home.

In the words of Lois during two different follow-up conversations:

• I may be more understanding about deadlines and demands on the Ell learners.
Especially the ones with little support at home.

• I really enjoyed when the other students came in from the high school and spoke
about their personal experiences because then it wasn’t just hearing a b ou t fic titio u s
characters or seeing videos of students that I’m not dealing with. It is much better to
hear from students who are growing up here in this town with very similar situations
as our students. I would definitely like to involve the mentees more with those
students so that they can see it’s not just us blowing smoke; it’s real life and real
students and they made it so you can make it too. I think it would be a lot more
meaningful for the mentees to see how these high school students respond to real life
situations like the ones they described to us.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
129

As part of the follow-up conversations with the teachers about the success of the

January meeting, the researcher and Esta Montano invited the three high school students

back to meet with both the teachers and their mentees for the April meeting.

April

The April study group meeting entitled, “Challenges growing up in a bilingual

cultural world Part II: High School Students Talking to Mentees” involved the three high

school English language learners, Maria, Carmen & Jose who spoke to the teachers

during the January meeting. These three students spoke in the form of a roundtable

discussion to seven teachers and five of the mentees (all eight mentees were invited, but

three choose not to attend the meeting despite the urging of their mentors.)

The data from this study group meeting indicated that the discussion prompted

more discussion between the teachers and their mentees around the theme of goal setting.

Lois and Joan’s words characterized the feelings of five of the seven teachers:

• Jessica was more receptive to talking about what she would like to do after middle
school. She told me that she wants to go to college in Brazil. (Lois)

• Natalia originally was focused only on attending the vocational high school because
she thought she couldn’t do the work at the high school. But after listening to these
high school students, she says she is not as afraid of the high school. (Joan)

May and June

The two final study group meetings were held in May and June. The purpose of

these two meetings was to review what was learned from the previous study group

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
130

meetings and identify suggestions for improving the mentor program in the 2006-2007

school year.

During the May meeting, the researcher met with Jackie, Barbara and Lila. These

three teachers recommended that the high school students return to speak to both the

mentors and mentees and that a greater focus be placed on understanding more about the

students’ cultures.

• Invite high school students back from both high schools [there is the traditional high
school and a vocational high school in this town] and guest speakers on biculturalism
and bilingualism. (Jackie)

• I have a unique perspective as an ESL teacher who feels exposed to ELL trainings
almost too regularly, and so they can become tedious. However, as an idea to "pitch"
the need for understanding about biculturalism—what might be interesting is to get
different cultural group leaders/parents to speak to us about their cultural world. This
may be logistically difficult, but it would be interesting to hear from different cultural
groups in order to show the differences between a Colombian, or Brazilian or a
Chinese immigrant's home life. I think it's important NOT to just bunch ELLs all
together as having the same issues or having parents who all value the same thing.
Similar to Americans, families can have very different values and the same day to day
realities. (Jackie)

• The team building at the beginning was fun and the students from the high school
were helpful. (Lila)

• It might be helpful to have a more interactive meetings or conversations of sharing of


experiences among mentors. (Barbara)

During the June meeting, the researcher met with seven of the eight teachers and

five new teachers interested in participating in the English language learner study group

during the 2006-2007 school year. This celebratory meeting offered the eight teachers the

chance to share with the five interested teachers about the strengths of the mentoring

program.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
131

Table 6 below compares what was originally scheduled as the Meeting Agenda

(Column #2) during the monthly study group meetings with a summary of the Meeting

Minutes of what was actually discussed (Column #3). Column #4 highlights what major

themes were discussed during the meetings and what was omitted. As the table describes,

the teachers’ interest in learning more about the students’ lives, home cultures, family

responsibilities consumed the majority of the time in the monthly meetings. While the

researcher had planned to introduce strategies for culturally relevant teaching and

sheltered instructional strategies, these discussions did not take place due to the limited

time in the one-hour after school meeting.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
132

Table 6

Monthly Study Group Meeting Analysis

Study Group M eeting Agenda M eeting Minutes Discussion centered on


Meeting (W hat was originally (W hat was discussed the following themes:
planned for discussion) and accomplished)
September • Consider culture and • Dr. Glazier spoke to • Role o f family
it’s influence on the group for 30 • Role o f culture
Culture and teaching and learning: minutes and addressed • Role o f first language
Learning: They Dr. Glazier speaks on questions for 15 on acquiring second
go together the role o f culture in minutes. language.
academic achievement.

• Dr. Bearse debriefs • Dr. Bearse spoke with No discussion on


with group regarding group for ten minutes instructional needs or
major learnings from about suggestions for instructional strategies.
Introduction to Second conducting an
Language Learning interview with an
and Teaching formal English language
classroom training and learner.
provides suggestions
for conducting a
successful student
interview.

• Role-playing o f • N o time for role-


student interview. playing interview

October • Defining roles for the • Reviewed suggestions • Students’ home lives,
mentoring program: from Mentoring 101 attitudes towards
Mentoring 101: Considering more from Mazie Mentoring school, reading and
Part I - Getting carefully the role o f Guide learning.
to Know your the mentor and the
Mentee mentee. • Discussed the role o f • Students’ past
& the mentor and the academic performance
Culturally • Discuss selected mentee. and instructional needs
Responsive readings from Geneva
Teaching G ay’s Culturally
responsive teaching: • Read student • Student ESL level and
Theory, research, and questionnaires strengths and
best practice. detailing their weaknesses in terms o f
academic strengths, English acquisition.
weaknesses, interests,
and hobbies and No discussion of
reviewed students’ instructional strategies or
previous academic readings from Geneva
report card and Gay’s Culturally
attendance records. responsive teaching:
Theory, research, and
best practice.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
133

Study Group M eeting Agenda Meeting Minutes Discussion centered on


Meeting (W hat was originally (W hat was discussed the following themes:
planned for discussion) and accomplished)
November • Discuss importance o f • Introduced “Goal • Challenges o f finding
academic goal setting. Flower” . time meeting with the
M entoring 101: Introduce graphic mentees.
Part II - Goal organizer “Goal • D ebrief o f team­
Setting Flower” for the building activity; • Challenges o f serving
and mentors to work with update on progress in dual role as both
Utilizing the mentees in goal from mentor-mentee. mentor and as
effective setting. classroom teacher.
grouping
strategies • D ebrief o f November • Discussion about lack
team-building activity. o f homework from
mentees.
• Preparation for
MELA-O training.
No discussion on
• Introduce utilizing instructional strategies
grouping strategies for except for brief
promoting more conversation around use
student interaction. o f native language in
classroom.

December • Introduce Sheltered NO STUDY GROUP


Instruction MEETING!
Improving Observation Protocol
instruction for and address promoting Teachers asked to post­
English student interaction pone December meeting
language about content. due to lack o f time to
learners: Basics fulfill normal teaching
o f sheltering responsibilities before
content winter break.

Mid-Point Interviews
conducted.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
134

Study Group M eeting Agenda M eeting Minutes Discussion centered on


Meeting (W hat was originally (W hat was discussed the following themes:
planned for discussion) and accomplished)
January • Three English • Three English • Importance o f teacher
language learners language learners role in supporting and
“Challenges describe their describe their understanding
growing up in a experiences growing experiences growing students’ home and
bilingual up in bicultural and up in bi-cultural and work responsibilities.
cultural world.” bilingual worlds. bilingual world.
- Part I • Critical role o f the
teacher in supporting
student academic
success.

• Role o f native culture


and first language on
acquiring second
language.

No discussion about
instructional strategies.

April • Three English • Three English • Importance o f teacher


language learners language learners role in supporting and
“Challenges describe their described what it takes understanding
growing up in a experiences growing to succeed in school students’ home and
bilingual up in bicultural and and why it is important work responsibilities.
cultural world” bilingual world and to succeed in high
- Part II direct discussion to school. • Critical role o f the
middle school teacher in supporting
mentees. student academic
success.

• The importance o f
setting goals and
seeking support from
teachers, friends and
family.

No discussion about
instructional strategies.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
135

May • D ebrief major • D ebrief o f what • Issue o f teacher’s time


learnings from the worked and what constraints on
What was work with between didn’t work in terms o f mentoring students.
learned from the mentor and mentee. the mentoring
mentoring program. Discussion • Issue o f integrating
program. • D ebrief miscellaneous centered on specific guardians into the
feedback on mentor and mentee program.
participation in all issues.
three areas o f the study • Interest in basing
group including the • Discussion regarding monthly study group
formal classroom the methods for meetings around the
trainings, monthly improving the English theme o f learning
study group meetings language learner study about one culture each
and mentoring group in 2006-2007. month.
program.

• Discuss strategies for No discussion on


content vocabulary instructional strategies.
instruction.

June • Celebrate major • Reviewed m entee’s • Impact o f mentor on


learnings from the responses to year-end mentee’s academic and
What was participation in all questionnaires and emotional growth.
learned from the three areas o f the mentee report card
mentoring English language data.
program. learner study group. No discussion on
• Addressed questions instructional strategies.
• Study group members from interested new
discuss the benefits members about time
and challenges o f commitment and
participating in the responsibilities in the
program with program.
interested new
members.

PART III: MENTORING PROGRAM

A third component of the English language learner study group involved each

te a c h e r se r v in g a s a m e n to r o f o n e E n g lis h la n g u a g e learner d u rin g th e s c h o o l year. In the

final questionnaire administered in June, the teachers addressed the mentoring program

logistics and the effectiveness of the program in terms of their own professional

development.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
136

The teachers were asked to assess the logistics associated with the design of the

mentoring program. The researcher wanted to understand the frequency of mentor-

mentee meetings, the duration of these meetings and when these meetings took place

throughout the school year. The quantitative data lends itself to be more easily

represented through a series of data charts and a brief corresponding narrative.

Table 7

How often did you meet with your mentee?

Number of meetings #of Response


Respondents %
About once a week in a one to one meeting. 1 12.5

About once every two weeks in a one to one meeting. 1 12.5

About once or twice each week for 2 to 5 minute 1 12.5


check-in conversation.

About once or twice a week after-school while 1 12.5


servicing other students for after-school help.

Other: Met often but not regularly scheduled and at 4 50


different times.

Table 7 breaks down the frequency of meetings that took place between the

teachers and their mentees. Half of the teachers met often with their mentees but

meetings took place on an irregular basis. The words of one teacher below are helpful in

understanding this data:

• She loved to talk about her family and what was going on at home. When she had
something to talk about she asked if she could come to have lunch with me or meet
me after-school. I liked this approach because I knew that when she scheduled the
meeting we were going to talk about something that mattered to her. (Joan)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
137

Table 8

The meetings with your mentee lasted between________ minutes.

# of minutes #of Response %


Respondents

1-5 minutes 0 0

6-15 minutes 3 37.5

16-30 minutes 5 62.5

More than 30 0 0
minutes

Table 8 describes how the duration of all of the mentor-mentee meetings lasted

between 6 and 30 minutes. The teachers explained that the meetings took place in two

different forms. The shorter meetings of 6-15 minutes consisted of the mentors checking

in with their mentee regarding personal life issues, a school behavior problem or

checking in about the schoolwork that the student was responsible for. In the words of

one teacher:

• If it is a behavior thing, I’ll call him out to the hall and have a conversation with him
or I will take him aside during lunch or I will try to get him after school ... just to
have a couple of words and be like, this is what happened I know you’re capable of
better things than this. When I give him that, that’s when he does rise to the occasion
because I don’t knock him down for it. Instead I say that you are better than that and I
know you are capable. It is that positive stuff that keeps him going. (Harry)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
138

Table 9

When did you meet with your mentee?

Time of the Day #of Response


Respondents %

During prep time (teacher’s classroom preparation 1 12.5


period)

During lunch 1 12.5

During and after school 5 62.5

Homeroom, during class 1 12.5

Table 10

Did your meetings ever take place outside of the classroom? (Check all that apply)

Meeting Places #of Response %


Respondents

No 4 50

Pulled mentee out of other academic class 1 12.5

Lunch 1 12.5

Restaurant or Shopping 3 37.5

Ice cream shop 1 12.5

Car (Drove mentee home) 1 12.5

Tables 9 and 10 show that the teachers met with their mentees primarily in the

school building during or after school hours. Only two teachers met with their mentees

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
139

outside of school. One teacher’s comments reflected the general concern from six of the

eight teachers who did not meet with their mentees outside of school:

• I felt hesitant to set up meetings or activities outside of the school setting - it was
unclear what the boundaries/expectations would be. Also, it was easier to meet at
school. (Lois)

Table 11

How would you describe the content of the conversations with your mentee? (Check all
that apply?)

Content of conversations #of Response


Respondents %

Academic goals/grades 8 100

Non-academic goals 8 100

Personal life/Friends/Family 8 100

Adolescent issues 6 75

Studying for tests & quizzes 8 100


and/or projects

Table 11 shows all that eight teachers identified academic goals/grades, non-

academic goals, personal life/friends/family and studying for tests and quizzes and/or

projects as the center of the content of the conversations with their mentees from the final

questionnaire given in June. In a follow-up question that asked the teachers what they

most learned from the conversations with their mentee and in the researcher’s field notes,

six of the eight teachers emphasized repeatedly that the conversations with their mentees

helped them learn about their mentee’s family and/or native culture. During the final

study group meeting in June, all eight teachers agreed that the majority of conversation

that they engaged in with their mentee centered on their student’s personal

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
140

life/friends/family. Karen and Jackie’s words illustrate examples of the types of

conversations that took place between mentors and mentees:

• Family is Ronaldo’s number one priority. He feels absolutely committed to his family
and all the responsibilities that go along with it. I have never met his mother, but from
what I hear, she is equally devoted to her family (both her parents and her kids). She
has a goal to buy a house and at the mention of this, Ronaldo’s eyes lit up! (Karen)

• I think I best assisted my mentee by simply "being there" —I can't say that I saw
distinct changes in all areas of her academic life, but I did feel that the mentee always
knew I was behind her if she needed extra assistance or simply wanted to share why
she felt she couldn't "do school" based on personal problems. (Jackie)

Data was also culled from a questionnaire of the mentees. All eight mentees

identified that academic goals/grades & personal life/friends/family were the two main

subjects of conversation with their mentors and were the areas that they found the most

helpful with the time spend with their mentor. These words from two different mentees

reflects the opinions of the others:

• Most of the time we would talk about my personal life and what I do after school and
when I do my homework. And why sometimes my grades were a little bad and then
she would talk about if what makes [my grades] a little bit bad in school and I would
tell her that I would babysit my brother who was like 12. And I have my schedule to
go to Copeira [Brazilian dance form] Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays. (Ronaldo)

• Well, she tried helping in my personal life and she helped me keep up with my
homework. And everything that was talked about during the meeting stayed there.
(Rayanne)

Additional data was based on the mentee’s responses to how they would describe

the mentoring program to other students. All eight mentees’ responses centered on two

key areas: the mentors helped them address their personal problems and do better in

school by achieving their goals. Jessica, an eighth grade mentee, described how she

perceived the support of the mentoring program:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
141

• The mentoring program involves students who sometimes need some help with
school, and teachers who are able to help them. In the mentoring program, we have
meetings with our mentors and we talk about our grades, our goals for school, our
goals for the future and what's going on in our lives today that we want to share with
them.

A third finding based on the teachers’ and mentees’ feedback on the mentoring

program was that the perceptions of the relationship that was established between the

teacher and mentee was consistent in all eight of the mentor-mentee responses. The

words of two pairs of a mentor/mentee reflect this consistency between responses:

Harry (teacher) and Leonardo (mentee)

• I think I best helped Leonardo by being involved with guidance, Mr. Evans, Mr.
Rodriguez and Leonardo’s parents. There were weeks that Leonardo was great, very
well behaved, and a good student. Unfortunately this didn't happen all that often.
There were a few times where I also acted as a go between for Leonardo and other
teachers or administrators. (Harry)

• Sometimes I felt like I let him down because I didn’t do everything we had planned
on doing. But he was a great mentor he always understood me and tried to help. We
had a very good relationship. (Leonardo)

Karen and Ronaldo

• I was able to advocate for Ronaldo. He is a student with HUGE home responsibilities
and I worked with his other teachers to devise a plan that would enable him to get
more of his work done in school. This benefited him in more than one way. The
pressure of completing homework at home was alleviated and he was able to ask
questions and gain confirmation that he was doing the assignment correctly. (Karen)

• Most of the time we would talk about my personal life and what I do after school and
when I do my homework. And why sometimes my grades were a little bad and then
she would talk about if what makes [my grades] a little bit bad in school and I would
tell her that I would babysit my brother who was like 12. And I have my schedule to
go to Copeira [Brazilian dance form] Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays. (Ronaldo)

One finding from the data culled from the interviews, questionnaires and

researcher field notes was that all eight teachers strongly endorsed participation in the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
142

English Language Learner Study Group. Lois, Barbara and Lori’s words support this

finding:

• Worth trying! Eventually, you will click with a student. And, even if you don't or
don't know that you do, you have to have faith that at some point the student will
benefit from your time with them. (Lois)

• An extremely worthwhile endeavor that truly allows you to "see" some of our most
wonderful students that are simply hindered by their individual situations. They need
the guidance of an adult even if it doesn't seem like it or they don't ask for it.
(Barbara)

• I took the opportunity to become involved with an at risk student with special needs
because I felt competent to deal with such a student. I had realistic goals for myself. I
specifically demonstrated concern by spending time and having comfortable
discussions. Just showing admiration and appreciation to my mentee, sent her a very
positive message of her worth. (Lori)

The teachers were also asked in the June questionnaire to make suggestions for

improving the mentoring program in the following year. Two teachers, Karen and Lila,

wished that there were more guidelines from the beginning of the mentoring program:

• The beginning was a little rough. There were times when I wasn’t sure what exactly I
was supposed to be doing. What was I suppose to talk about? How would I create this
personal connection with a student? (Karen)

• Clear expectations are still in progress but the relationship you build with your
mentee is a nice one. (Lila)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
143

PART IV: ANALYSIS OF TEACHER GROWTH FROM FORMAL


CLASSROOM TRAINING, STUDY GROUP MEETINGS AND MENTORING
PROGRAM

TEACHERS’ UNDERSTANDING OF SOCIOCULTURAL, LINGUISTIC AND


INSTRUCTIONAL NEEDS

This last major section will address the findings related to the teachers’

professional growth from participation in the English Language Learner Study Group.

The three forms of professional development were formal classroom trainings, monthly

study group meetings and participation in the mentoring program. Table 5 below

summarizes the names of the teachers, their subject areas, grade level and years of

teaching experience.

Table 5

Characteristics of Teacher Participants

Teacher Grade Content Area Years of


Name Level Teaching
Experience
Harry 7 Social Studies Student teaching

Lori 8 Special Education 15

Jackie 7 ESL 2

Lila 7 Science 3

Barbara 7 Language Arts 2

Karen 7 Mathematics 2

Lois 8 Mathematics 4

Joan 8 Language Arts 13

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
144

The professional growth of the teachers was analyzed by recording their

understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language

learners and of their perceptions of their classroom instructional strategies at three points

during the study:

1. BEGINNING - Prior to initiating the English language learner study group


professional development program in September.

2. MID-POINT - During the teacher interviews in December.

3. CONCLUSION - During the final teacher interviews and questionnaires in June.

The data show that all eight of the teachers found participation in the study group

substantially contributed to their professional growth.

BEGINNING:

All of the teachers were asked during the December interview the following

question: Before your participation in the study group, describe your approach to

addressing the needs of the English language learners in your classroom. The findings

from this question demonstrate the following:

• Five of the eight teachers either utilized no approach for addressing English language
learners or had never thought about the English language learners that populated their
classrooms. Those teachers included Harry, Lori, Barbara, Karen and Lois.

• Two of the teachers, Lila and Joan, identified using visuals, manipulatives and
effective content vocabulary strategies for addressing the instructional needs of
English language learners.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
145

• Jackie, the ESL teacher, shared examples of how she integrates language objectives
along with content objectives to develop language abilities of her students. Jackie also
identified a variety of instructional strategies such as graphic organizers, visuals,
think-alouds and teaching grammar in context with the material as part of her diverse
strategy for addressing the students’ instructional needs. Both Joan and Jackie
explained numerous strategies they utilized to integrate their students’ culture into
their curriculum.

As a group, the data show that prior to the initiation of the English language

learner study group, five of the teachers did not consider any of the family, cultural or

personal issues of their English language learners. Furthermore, they did not have any

knowledge or approach for addressing their students’ linguistic needs as second language

learners and therefore focused solely on teaching the curriculum content without regard

to developing the language of their students. Also, they did not know how to help

develop their students’ language abilities in terms of comprehension of academic

concepts, or promoting more opportunities for their students to use English in terms of

interacting with their classmates or writing responses to essays.

MID-POINT:

The teachers were asked during the December interview the following question:

How would you assess your own professional growth with English language learners thus

far? The data show the following:

• Seven of the eight teachers described an example or multiple examples of an


awareness of some of the family, cultural or personal issues of English language
learners.

• Eight of eight teachers identified an awareness of these students’ struggle with the
comprehension of academic language.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
146

• One of eight teachers, Lois, described a heightened awareness for the importance of
using strategies to address her students’ learning needs.

As a group, the data show that seven of the teachers developed a much richer

awareness of English language learners’ family and cultural issues. Harry, Lori, Barbara,

Karen and Lois’s awareness of these issues grew from “never thinking about it” or not

being able to mention examples about family, cultural or linguistic issues before the

program began to sharing insights into their students’ struggle in adapting to a school

culture that differs from their own. Lila summarized the feelings of the group:

• I guess the training has allowed me to see a lot more of their background and their
personal life of what’s going on outside of school and taking that into consideration
with some of them whether it be supplies that they get or the time that they have
available.

Other teachers also described an awareness of the importance of getting to know

the students’ culture and language in order to be able to better connect with their students

on a more personal level. Karen’s words illustrate the group’s feelings:

• The challenge for me is not being able to understand their language. I took a few
years of Spanish, but it wasn’t the same Spanish that’s spoken by my students. I know
zero Portuguese so I wish that I knew a little bit more of both of those languages - at
least conversational so that I would be able to, not necessarily talk to them, but
understand what it is that they are talking about so I can learn about their interests
outside of school and address those rather than just the math side.

Furthermore, all of the teachers began to demonstrate how they could see more

about the English language learners’ situation in terms of their linguistic needs. The

teachers identified how they now saw how their students struggled with the

comprehension of academic language and understanding of key academic concepts.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
147

Karen explained the following:

• I hope I’ve accomplished or I’m starting to realize that it is not always a content
problem or content confusion. If the students are having trouble, it might very well be
that they don’t understand the language of the problem or the language of the
teaching or something along those lines.

CONCLUSION:

The teachers were asked during the final interviews and questionnaires in June the

following question: How have you grown professionally through participation in the

English Language Learner Study Group? The table shows that all eight of the teachers

described different examples of the sociocultural needs of English language learners.

They described a heightened awareness of students’ personal issues that some English

language learners face in terms of family responsibilities that extend well beyond home,

and how these family responsibilities affect their school performance. Barbara’s words

describe the learning from the study group:

• When the students were speaking to the fact of how their families view the
importance of academics whether it is important or whether it is not important at all,
and the whole idea that the family needs you [the ELL student] to attend to [many
responsibilities] after school or that you need to contribute to family earnings and
take care of siblings. This is the population in our school and ... many teachers in this
building have no idea their kids have to go through this.

The study group also recognized how the collaboration between the members of

the study group helped improve their instruction and address the English language

learners’ needs. Lila’s words summarize the opinion of all of the teachers of the group:

• Accessing help from other teachers and the input and different strategies from other
teachers - it’s definitely been a big thing for me this year.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
148

In support of the data presented above regarding the professional growth from the

beginning of the program to the mid-point and then to the conclusion, this section

summarizes the changes in the teacher’s thought and understanding of the needs of

English language learners during the year.

Harry
Beginning • I didn’t have an approach. It was kind of feeling my way through
it. I would repeat things like what I would do basically for any of
my students. I would speak the material, write the material, and
read the material so that I knew they were at least hearing it.
• I was only worried about the content.

Mid-Point • I have taken a lot out of this group so far through the classes I
have been taking... and through actually teaching the students,
because I had a zero percent experience before.
• Even though they [the Brazilian students] are now in the U.S. they
still practice their Brazilian beliefs... we would never want to take
that away from them. It is like they are living two lives: one in
school and one out of school for some of these kids.
• I was always in those higher-level classes. I don’t know if I could
have been in those classes doing this higher level thinking in a
language that isn’t my native language.
• Now I was listening to their voices, because I wanted to hear how
they were pronouncing things and not just what they were saying.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
149

Harry
Conclusion • If I hadn’t participated in this study group and a student had come
to me and said that I didn’t get my homework done because of a,
b, c then I would have seen it as an excuse. But, having gone
through this and listening to the high school students who came
down I have a different spin on it; I would ask why didn’t you do
it before you went to church. I would cut them more slack - 1
didn’t live that life. You really do have these huge commitments
after school and you are 13 or 14 and you are delivering papers for
hours because you need to help your family to make some money
or you baby-sit all night and take care of a one-year old because
your older sister and your parents are working and all the money is
pooled and that is the way it is; I wouldn’t have seen that before.
Before I would have said, “So you had to baby-sit too bad.” But it
is different for these kids, it really is different and I have come to
respect that.

• I have learned a lot about their culture. Whereas if a student came


up to me at the beginning of the year and he put his arm around
me I probably would have said, okay, this is weird, but here it is
different, you come to acknowledge it. For them there is personal
space but it is a little smaller and now that I know that it is okay
but certainly it would have bothered me if I didn’t know about it.

Lori
Beginning • I think that I have always been sympathetic or sensitive to a
student who did not speak English clearly or well, but again I’m
going to say that I probably over estimated their ability to
understand me.
Mid-Point • Now I know I need to be aware that they don’t understand.

• You have to always encourage people in discussions. You have to


encourage individuals to take part and you don’t just ask if
anybody knows the answer and get one quick one-word answers.
You have to get explanations, you are going to elicit more
in fo r m a tio n from an in d iv id u a l stu d en t, p erh a p s . . . y o u h a v e to sit
there and have them describe what it means and why.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
150

Lori
Conclusion • She’s been able to understand basic elementary type words for
body parts probably since 3rd or 4th grade, but she doesn’t
[understand] about function or respiration, [they are] academic
words. She knows that lungs help you breathe, but she’s got to
learn the academic language.

Lori explained to the researcher in informal conversations prior to the


formal June interview that she learned how to reach out to other
resources in the school and in the community to help her Portuguese­
speaking mentee. This is an excerpt from one quotation that
references this learning in the June interview:

• As I have told you, I feel more empowered to reach but and do


these kind of things because I have this awareness, this insight of
what’s going on with a particular student. But before I didn’t feel
comfortable reaching out to bring in the psychologist (Brazilian)
as an interpreter (for Portuguese). Now I have used two adult ESL
teachers to help me and I stayed at night to find her parents to talk
with them. I wouldn’t have had the confidence to do that without
this program and knowing that it is really my role.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
151

Jackie
Beginning • Jackie skipped this question.
Mid-Point • I would say that participating in a study group certainly makes you
focus on a more regular basis on the needs of English language
learners. It is easy to become part of like a bubble when you’re
surrounded by English language learners in your classroom and
you forget. The needs become so obvious to you that when you
speak with other teachers who don’t necessarily have the same
population in the classroom you realize what you have been doing.
It is interesting to compare and to see numerous similarities even
if the student has gone to a standard mainstream classroom.. .or
even if they have grown up in a house where there is a second
language. You realize the problems they face are still relevant;
they still exist.

• It has also brought to my attention the areas where there are gaps
in learning and where the students are particularly in terms of their
level. I struggle to help them understand new concepts and
vocabulary and abstract ideas because they are at that cusp of
transitioning into mainstream environment so a lot of new things
are being thrown their way and understanding how they’re
digesting all of that while being in their first year in the
mainstream classroom setting is challenging.

• I say I learned a lot because of our additional time together. I kind


of begin to look at not just the student’s life but the whole person’s
life, the whole child’s life and what their baggage they’re bringing
to the classroom in any given day. And it could be anything that is
typical to a teenager and it could be something particular to an
English language learner or could be something particular to this
child and her experiences.
Conclusion • I think any time that you have the opportunity to meet with your
colleagues in such a thing as the world of teaching where you have
such little time to do, it is a valuable experience to reflect and to
hear other people’s experiences as they see it. In a simple way it is
m e a n in g fu l b e c a u se w e ra rely h a v e that o p p o rtu n ity.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
152

Lila
Beginning • I guess before being in this I did a lot of the same techniques
(visuals, manipulatives, activating background knowledge) but I
might have not been as patient with a lot of the students. Because I
see so many students I tend to give them a chance at the beginning
and then when they turned off totally after I tried to reach out to
them, I use to tend to say (to myself), they just don’t want to do it.
Mid-Point • And I guess the training has allowed me to see a lot more of their
background and their personal life of what’s going on outside of
school and taking that into consideration with some of them
whether it be supplies that they get or the time that they have
available.

• So that’s definitely a good challenge for me to take into


consideration that there are different words and they might mean
different things to these students.
Conclusion • I definitely use more strategies for each unit and learning concept.
It is not just the visuals, but putting them into pair groups and
having them have time to meet as pair groups in order to discuss
and process the information.

• Accessing help from other teachers and input from other teachers
and different strategies from other teachers it’s definitely been a
big thing for me this year.

Barbara
Beginning • I really didn’t have a strategy. I was new to a school that’s so
diversified. I didn’t have ELL students in my class because I had
the ones that were out of the levels of ESL. It was my
understanding that if they were out of that [ESL program], then
they were good to go ... and so I never thought there would still be
a thing that they wouldn’t understand or not comprehend.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
153

Barbara
Mid-Point • I needed to work with them [English language learners] right away
and ask a lot of help from Jackie [ESL teacher]. I checked in with
her because we shared the same students.
• It was only at the point from the pressure with all the courses,
[that] I realized there can still be gaps in understanding, gaps in
learning and things might not be acquired as quickfly]. It is quite
an eye opening experience because last year going through this, I
was, why would I need to know this, I don’t have these students,
but it’s really being a part of the school where you have such
diverse learners in all the classrooms. It has helped me incredibly
in understanding each of my students.
• I’ve learned I pointed out everything I needed to relate to the
student to understand to make sure that their needs were being met
in my classroom.
• I always love the diversity so much better than being kind of a
cookie cutter class. I thought, here is diversity in my classroom,
this is what I like, so I really embraced all the aspects of it but I
don’t settle for things so easily so I started to see there is plenty
that I have to learn.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
154

Barbara
Conclusion • When the students were speaking to the fact of how their families
view the importance of academics whether it is important or
whether it is not important at all, and the whole idea that the
family needs you [the ELL student] to attend to [many
responsibilities] after school or that you need to contribute to
family earnings and take care of siblings. This is the population in
our school and ... many teachers in this building have no idea their
kids have to go through this.
• You don’t like to think about the bad home lives you like to think
of kids who go home and mom has a snack on the table for them.
So going to the students I have who have these home lives, when
they get home they are expected to take care of their siblings or
their cousins and they’re expected to go to doctor appointments
during the day with their mother whether it is just to translate. It is
just an amazing responsibility they have and then to have to come
the next day and listen to their teachers talk very fast and throw
out these unbelievablely difficult vocabulary words and hold the
same expectations as the kid who goes home and absolutely loves
to eat the science book every night. Or [the kid who] has a parent
who is a biologist, [and] the kid has a leg up on everyone else so
they [Ell students] have to compete with these kids and they are
held to the same expectations. It’s unbelievable the stress that they
must feel coming into this classroom environment.. .In that respect
I will say that my teaching strategies have certainly changed as
I’ve learned more about what it is like for them to be in a
classroom.
• And being with a more diverse classroom ... not taking any
knowledge for granted, and I think that’s for the benefit of
everyone in the classroom because they are getting all of it and not
getting pieces of it, a lot of previewing information, setting up so
we can all start on the same page. Probably one student is going to
know more because maybe he goes home and reads all sorts of
things every night but we all start from the same jumping point. So
it’s a lot of previewing information, previewing vocabulary, let’s
look at our agenda now, today we are doing this, tomorrow we’re
going to hope to be here, let’s all try to get to that point and I
remind them all the time, stop me please if you have any
questions... so there’s no much hesitation when it comes to raising
their hands and saying I don’t get it. So making sure that everyone
is there kind of traveling together is important.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
155

Karen
Beginning • Before my participation, I don’t know if I ever really thought
specifically about it, so I wasn’t really doing anything specific. I
kind of worked with them as if they were all understanding the
material, which was probably a misunderstanding on my part...
Mid-Point • I’m starting to realize that it is not always a content problem or
content confusion. If the students are having trouble, it might very
well be that they don’t understand the language of the problem or
the language of the teaching or something along those lines.

• My tests are not very wordy; there are word problems but there are
not unnecessary sentences and run-on type paragraphs that they
need to sort through in order to figure out what it is testing them
on. I’m very careful with that; I think that it is important that the
students are tested at least in math on their math and not
necessarily on their English reading ability.

• One challenge for me is not understanding their language - their


native language. I took a few years of Spanish but it wasn’t the
same Spanish that is spoken by my students. I know zero
Portuguese so I wish that I knew a little bit more of both of those
languages - at least conversational so that I would be able to, not
necessarily talk to them, but understand what it is that they are
talking about so I can learn about their interests outside of school
and address those rather than just the math side of them.
Conclusion • I am definitely more aware of the responsibilities that face these
students, not only that the students face or have not only at school
but at home. And I think back when I was in middle school - 1 had
a younger brother, but I wasn’t responsible for feeding him or
dressing him or changing him or watching him to the extent of
Ronaldo is.

• A different student came to me and she was very concerned about


her grades and couldn’t fail. Her parents were going through a
divorce right now so things are very rough at home. She wanted to
g e t the work d o n e , but d id n ’t r e a lly k n o w w h e r e to start. So I
approached my team and said can we put together a plan for her
and pick the most critical assignments for her to get done so that
she passes 7th grade with decent grades.. .and so we sort of
minimized the number of assignments but picked the most
important, so it would be a reasonable goal.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
156

Lois
Beginning • I don’t know if I did anything in particular. Unless I was prompted
by a student, in other words I was so ignorant to what it would be
like if you were sitting in that desk and didn’t know what the
teacher was talking about. I really didn’t know how to modify what
I was doing.
Mid-Point • I would characterize it as being more aware. I’m highly aware, but I
would not say I’m highly effective yet. I think I’m a long way from
that. I think the most important thing is that 95% of the problem is
solved by that I know I have a problem and now I need to really
learn the strategies and start practicing and using strategies to close
the gap.
• Linguistically responsive might be in trying to recognize and
explain any idioms that get used and I think the trick there is to
even recognize that you’re using them or saying them because they
are so much a part of the way you think that you don’t even
sometimes realize that you are using them.
Conclusion • I think it is awareness. I wish it was more than that but ... I’ve been
given some ideas and things to do and I’ve used some of them but
they are not really part of what I do every day. I definitely have the
awareness and I have some ideas and I’ve started to use a few
things, but it’s not part of what I do everyday.

Joan
Beginning • The way I would bring in culture is through my literature units and
I tend to try, at the very beginning of the year, to get a sense of
where every student is coming from and their back rounds. It’s
called the Culture Gram and it’s almost like, tell me about your
stuff, about your background in that way I can get a sense of
where kids are coming from, and from what countries outside of
the U.S.
• I think it is very important that kids feel that they are coming to a
safe environment. That their culture and their background is
important, that they have something to share so they are not seen
as the outsider in the classroom because they may not be coming
fro m th e sa m e p e r sp e c tiv e as o th er kids cu ltu ra lly .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
157

Joan
Mid-Point • These ESL fives [advanced English language learners] - these
kids have been here for a little bit and they do have a pretty good
grasp in the language but the idioms, their background knowledge
and experiences are limited.. .it was just telling linguistically
where they are at because I’11 say something to the kids and I
assume everybody knows that because it is ... a popular culture
reference but it will get lost.
• So learning where these kids are coming from and I think that one
thing that really informs me was just learning about some of the
struggles and challenges these kids go through in a daily basis.
Their status in this country. For some people it is so uncertain, so
they don’t feel that they are invested in this country because this
country hasn’t invested in them. So they feel like they are one foot
out the door whether it be on their own conditions or whether
someone is going to tell them that they are going to have to leave
this country forever. It makes it very challenging for them.
Conclusion • I’m very flexible with grouping and I let kids choose their own
partners and it seems all the ESL kids tend to group up with each
other but there are times when I would mix kids up because I think
it’s powerful that ESL kids not always be together that they be
with other mainstream kids and just break through that
uncomfortableness. I tell them you’re not always going to be with
kids that you don’t tend to want to work with and this is another
way to learn from other people and ... that’s been really
successful.
• I’ve been a little more flexible, a little more lenient in terms of the
kind of pacing I expect when I assign projects I don’t always have
that kid who can get it done in two days in mind anymore. My
assessments are differentiated enough so every child can still get
an “A” depending on what it is they produce as long as they can
master the outcomes.
• I would say just getting together with other people in the building
who are also mentoring (has been helpful). It’s a nice atmosphere
where we all talk about our successes, and some of the frustrations
and so forth.. .Growing professionally I think it is more about sort
of changing some of the teaching strategies to accommodate some
of the language barriers just to compensate for the language
barriers by doing more vocabulary enrichment, building
background information, bringing guest speakers, using visuals-
things like that.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
158

The previous table of quotations from the eight teachers clearly demonstrates a

noticeable change in the teachers’ understanding of the family, personal and cultural

issues that influence English language learners. For example, all of the teachers described

how they understand how some English language learners have many family

responsibilities that may interfere with their homework and performance in school. Also,

there are numerous examples of how the teachers have developed a deeper understanding

of some of the linguistic issues for their learners; the teachers understand the students’

challenge o f comprehending academic language and content vocabulary. The teachers

also recognized the presence of learning gaps that result as partly a consequence of

students’ different cultural backgrounds and varying general background knowledge.

The teachers also demonstrated an improved awareness for the instructional needs of the

students; they explained how they try to speak slower and emphasize key concepts using

different instructional strategies such as visuals, and graphic organizers to present new

information. Also, they utilize strategies such as activate background knowledge and

preview vocabulary before they begin a new lesson or a new unit. Furthermore, the

teachers described the importance of trying to integrate the students’ culture into their

teaching.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
159

TEACHERS’ SELF-SELECTED PERCEPTIONS OF THEIR PROFESSIONAL


GROWTH

Another set of findings was based on data collected from the teacher’s self­

selected experience level teaching English language learners. The teachers were asked the

following question below and then the teachers were asked the same question again

during the final interview in June. The findings are presented in the form of a narrative

and supported with Table 12 and corresponding bar graph in Figure 1.

Before your participation in the study group began, describe your experience level
teaching English language learners. Use this scale to help frame your response.

4 3 2 1
I am very I am experienced I have some I have little or no
experienced teaching teaching English experience teaching experience teaching
English language language learners; I English language English language
learners; I have a rich have a fair learners. I have a learners. I am not
understanding o f understanding o f basic understanding aware o f specific
their linguistic and their linguistic and o f their linguistic and linguistic and
instructional needs instructional needs instructional needs instructional needs
and I frequently use a and I sometimes use and I once in a while and I am not aware
repertoire o f strategies to address use strategies that o f the strategies that
strategies to address their learning needs. address their learning address their learning
their learning needs. needs. needs.

The data from this question include the following:

• All seven of the teachers (excluding the ESL teacher) choose in the “2” range at the
start of the English language learner study group:

“I have some experience teaching English language learners.


I have a basic understanding of their linguistic and instructional needs, and
I once in a while use strategies that address their learning needs.”

• All seven of the teachers (excluding the ESL teacher) choose between the “mid 2” to
the “low 3” at the end of the study group in June:

“I am experienced teaching English language learners.


I have a fair understanding of their linguistic and instructional needs, and
I sometimes use strategies that address their learning needs.”

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
160

Table 12

Teachers’ self-selected experience level teaching English language learners

Teacher Name September June Net Gain (Loss)


Harry 2.00 “ 3.20 1.20
Lori 2.00 3.00 1.00
Jackie 4.00 4.00 0.00
Lila 2.50 3.00 0.50
Barbara 2.00 2.50 0.50
Karen 2.20 2.80 0.60
Lois 2.00 2.50 0.30
Joan 2.00 3.00 1.00
All 8 teachers: 2.36 3.00 0.66

Figure 1

English Language Learner Study Group: Teacher Professional


Growth September to June

4.00 r*
3.50 j-i
3.00 i
2.50 'j
Experience Level 2.00 A.
■ Teacher Experience Level with
Ells - September
1 .50 r* : i

1.00 f ■ Teacher Experience Level with


0.50 k E lls -J u n e
o.oo

Teachers

The information from Table 12 and the corresponding bar graph in Figure 1

indicate that three of the seven teachers increased their experience level by at least one

unit on the scale during the program. The four other teachers increased by at least one

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
161

half of one unit. This increase in experience level can be characterized as professional

growth.

To connect the raw numbers from the data table to the individual participants

thought process for self-selecting a particular experience level, the following presents the

thinking of each of the teachers regarding this question about professional growth.

At the start o f the program, Harry, Barbara, and Lisa indicated that they had little

experience with English language learners, but that they had learned introductory

information about linguistic and instructional needs through previous course work in

college or in graduate school. In the words of Harry:

• I really haven’t had much experience teaching English language learners, but I have a
basic understanding of linguistic and instructional needs that I learned taking classes
on different things throughout my education. Just different strategies and stuff that
showed me or taught me how to teach different learners and I think you can
categorize the second language learners in that category.

Lori, Lila, Lois and Joan all indicated they had lot of experience teaching English

language learners, but they had a basic understanding of linguistic and instructional

needs. Lois explained the following:

• I think I’m a two but a very low two. I certainly have experience teaching English
language learners - even in North Carolina I got them, but there was no support at all
with regard to how to approach a student, no classroom support, no outside support,
and the students had very little support also. So I didn’t learn anything or grow there.
Here I would say that just listening to other teachers even before I was in this
program I got a sense for what you need to do and especially talking even casually
with some of the Ell teachers I got an idea of how best to work with students, not that
it was sort of a program but I just got ideas.

At the end of the study group in June, all the teachers were asked again the same

question. Barbara explained the following:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
162

• I think I am between a 2 and a 3 and I have some experience I do know after a year.
And I know a year is enough to say that I am experienced because in this one year I
have learned more information than I thought there was on the topic of English
language learners and I find language acquisition absolutely fascinating so I have
learned a lot but it’s those situations where I keep learning more then I look back as I
learn more and say that the year was nothing in comparison to what’s possible. Over
the year, I have learned an extensive amount, but not as much as I’m sure that’s out
there.

Lori shared:
• Maybe a 3, I’m using strategies, but I don’t think that I have a vast repertoire of
strategies at hand yet.

While Karen added:


• I’ll say probably a 3. I don’t think I have a rich understanding of linguistic and
instructional needs. I think I’m getting there in terms of understanding but translating
that into the classroom has been the challenge for me. I try to be accommodating
whether it’s speaking slowly or extending a deadline or paying attention to their body
language in the classroom.. .so definitely a 3.

However, Joan and Lois were less sure of the final assessment of their own professional

growth as indicated by their scores and responses. Joan explained:

• I would probably say that I’m somewhere in the 3 area, but sometimes I feel like I’m
in the 2 area because I feel I have a good grasp on how these kids learn and what’s
going to make them successful, but sometimes I beat myself up for the fact that if
that’s the case and I’m doing a good job why aren’t they successful? Why aren’t they
getting A’s? Why don’t they care? Why aren’t they motivated? Why aren’t they
working hard? So I get frustrated. Is it me or is it something I’m not doing right? If I
change my ways will they be more successful? So I tend to doubt myself and the way
I teach but I have to understand there are other motivating factors, and sometimes it’s
out o f my control.

Lois shared:
• I think it is awareness. I wish it was more than that b u t... I’ve been given some ideas
and things to do and I’ve used some of them but they are not really part of what I do
every day. I definitely have the awareness and I have some ideas and I’ve started to
use a few things, but it’s not part of what I do everyday.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
16 3

TEACHERS’ PERCEPTIONS OF THEIR INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICE AND


INSTRUCTIONAL NEEDS OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS

Another set of data analyzed the change in the teachers’ perceptions of their

instructional practice from having participated in the English Language Learner Study

Group. The teachers were asked a series of questions during the December interviews.

• How would you describe a classroom that is culturally and linguistically responsive to
the needs o f students?

• What are the strategies or actions that a teacher can take to lead to English language
learners taking more responsibility for their own learning and academic achievement?

• What instructional strategies would you advise a new teacher to consider if they were
going to take over your classroom with English language learners for an extended
period of time?

• A summary of the research for raising the academic achievement for English
language learners recommends several instructional strategies. If you use one or more
of these strategies (listed below), could you describe with an example(s) how you
utilize it and describe how it helps increase the student’s academic achievement?
a) Activating prior knowledge that students have about a topic, lesson or unit
before teaching the new material and building the students’ background
knowledge.
b) Utilizing strategies for teaching content vocabulary and academic language.
c) Making concepts more easily understood for the learner with real objects,
manipulatives, visuals, and graphic organizers.
d) Utilizing specific grouping strategies for organizing planned opportunities for
interactions between all individuals in the classroom.
e) Helping students perceive the relationship of the content material from parts
to wholes, providing the tools to help them make explicit connections between
subject areas and between school life and home life. (Knapp, Shields, &
Turnbull, 1995)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
164

The data showed the following:

• Six of the eight teachers indicated that they use visuals in a classroom with English
language learners.

• Five of the eight teachers described the importance of speaking slower, rephrasing,
and repeating important words and concepts in order to increase the comprehension
for English language learners.

• Six of the eight teachers indicated that they activate prior knowledge that students
have about a topic, lesson or unit before teaching the new material and they build the
students’ background knowledge.

• Six of the eight teachers indicated they were accustomed utilizing strategies for
teaching content vocabulary and academic language. Joan, the thirteen-year veteran
language arts teacher and Jackie, the ESL teacher gave examples of effective
vocabulary instruction. The other four teachers explained more traditional methods
for teaching vocabulary.

• Seven of the eight teachers indicated that they make concepts more easily understood
for the learner with real objects, manipulatives, visuals, and graphic organizers.

• Five of the eight teachers indicated that they utilize specific grouping strategies for
organizing planned opportunities for interactions between all individuals in the
classroom. All five of these teachers described that they pair students up to improve
the students’ learning.

In the words of Harry:

• I think it is important to teach differently for every student. Like using big visuals if
you are going to do notes; do notes out loud and do them on the overhead and use
pictures that can go with the notes because we have different types of learners and
English language learners might be able to put a picture together better than they can
put the words together.

Jackie, the ESL teacher explained:

• I don’t mean to say you slow things down to a point you’re delaying learning and
students are ready to go on, but to be aware of how fast you are going because they
need to synthesize material.. .literally they are translating with their mind and
understanding concepts that perhaps they already understand but learning them in a

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
165

new language or being able to explain in a new language will take that extra stuff. So
being aware of how fast you’re going and being aware that sometimes it’s ok to slow
down, to spend more time on something because.. .getting the bigger idea is more
important than I say focusing so much on detail. Because at the end of the day,
whether the student is an English language learner or not, most people can hang on to
the big idea as compared to the details.

Also, Lila, a science teacher added:

• I use a lot of visuals and it is definitely (important) to use a lot of rephrasing of


examples most especially for these students because the more repetitive you are, the
more they are going to understand things that you are talking about and saying. So
teaching a lot of different ways, whether its hands-on, visuals or just lecturing - have
them read it.

Karen, a math teacher described a couple of examples for activating background


knowledge:

• In terms of activating a student’s prior knowledge I do a couple of things, almost


every day we’ll do a warm-up problem which will be a very simple but a
comprehensive review of what they did the day before, the week before, last year -
whatever the case in order to get them going, get the gears turning and get them ready
to work on the new concept.

• The students were working with probability and finding the chances of something
happening and a student came up to me and she said she couldn’t do the section of the
packet because she didn’t know the American deck of cards. She said that she only
knew the Spanish deck o f cards. So I said, “Ok, well I don’t know anything about the
Spanish deck of cards.” So we actually had a five minute minilesson on the American
deck of cards... It was fascinating because never in my dreams would I have imagined
that, that would be the issue behind this very bright student, not being able to
complete these questions.

Lois, another math teacher added the following about activating prior knowledge:

• So if a student has been here at Nations Middle School and I know how the subject
was previously introduced and taught I try to use that again, maybe not exclusively
but I bring that out so they can say, “I know what you’re talking.”

Jackie shared:

• I might create a KWL chart [a graphic organizer that helps the teacher clarify with
students what they know about a subject, what they would like to know and what they

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
166

have learned at the end of a lesson], or do a pre reading or pre-unit assessment, where
the students are given certain statements and they must make an assessment of
something that is true or false based on their prior knowledge and at the end of the
unit we return to that same check list to see how much was actually correct and how
much was not. And we have a discussion surrounding what they may have learned to
be true...And going back to the KWL chart, just listing anything, any kind of
vocabulary word, any kind of experience, any kind of idea that they had or thought or
program they’ve watched that has to do with the subject. For example, we did that
with Australia where they actually went though and wrote down anything that they
could think related to Australia and I think we had over 60 or 70 things beginning the
unit for 7th graders.

Joan shared an example involving the pre-teaching she does when she introduces

the Lord of the Flies:

• I tend to do a lot of pre-teaching, a lot of pre-teaching concepts and vocabulary, I give


them a historical and geographical background on World War II and the geography of
where these kids come from in England and where they might be going, where this
island is.

Joan explained the following in her instruction:

• I teach an entire unit around word-solving strategies. We review and learn Latin root
words, prefixes, suffixes, synonyms and antonyms and then use these tools
throughout the year in building our vocabulary as we read novels and tackle new
words.

Jackie described:

• I try to help the students make relationships between words. We define words and
connect them to synonyms and antonyms. It is much easier for kids to hang on to
words with these strategies.

Harry described some of the techniques he uses for vocabulary instruction.

• We do a ton of vocab in social studies. Anything from looking the words up on the
back of the book and writing them on the board, to having kids do flash cards, to I
will put an overhead up, to a whole bunch of various ways of doing vocab; there is so
much to it that you need to do what you can when you can because if you use the
same routine it will get old and boring after a while.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
167

Lori, the Special Education teacher described how she tries to make concepts more easily

understood for the learner with graphic organizers:

• We definitely [use] graphic organizers when we are trying to do language arts. We


need to go over all the time because of the order of words and sentence structure are
different from their native language. I noticed that with a Portuguese speaker
yesterday, she had to do two or three paragraphs and we put it into a graphic
organizer form. And we told her this is where you put the topic statement and not add
extra thoughts all in one sentence.

One teacher, Lila, described how she utilizes group strategies to improve learning

and to integrate English language learners with other students in the class.

• And most of those (activities) are done with pair groupings so that they can better
understand things. They can learn from their pairs. I do try to split up a lot the English
language learners so that they are with learners of their same age, but from a different
background or different level of learning, so that they can learn from each other. I
find that a lot of the English Language Learners tend to navigate towards each other
and then have difficulty making friendships outside of their immediate group so by
pairing them into different groups they meet new people and they find out they have
things in common with other people.

A summary o f the data from the December interviews indicate that over half of

the teachers were able to describe how they activate students’ prior knowledge before

teaching a lesson or a unit and make concepts more easily understood for their students

using manipulatives, visuals, and/or graphic organizers. However, only two of the

teachers - Joan, the experienced language arts teacher and Jackie, the ESL teachers were

able to identify and describe the strategies for teaching content vocabulary. None of the

teachers described strategies or examples in their practice for teaching academic language

except Jackie.

During the final interview and final questionnaire in June the researcher analyzed

the teachers’ responses to describe how the English Language Learner Study Group

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
168

professional development program informed the teachers’ instructional practice as

compared to their responses in the December interviews. The researcher found that each

teacher’s instructional practice was uniquely informed by participation in the professional

development. Table 13 summarizes the findings by teacher in the table below.

The data indicated that all eight teachers’ perceptions in their instructional

practice were informed by participation in the English Language Learner Study Group.

However, these instructional changes were not what the researcher had intended at the

start of the professional development program. The researcher had hoped to introduce a

set of effective instructional strategies targeting English language learners that included

the following:

• Activating prior knowledge and building students’ background knowledge


before teaching a lesson or unit.

• Utilizing effective strategies for teaching content vocabulary and academic


language.

• Making concepts more easily understood for the learner with real objects,
manipulatives, visuals, and graphic organizers.

• Utilizing specific grouping strategies and cooperative learning for


organizing planned opportunities for interactions between all individuals
in the classroom and Helping students perceive the relationship of the
content material from parts to wholes, providing the tools to help them
make explicit connections between subject areas and between school life
and home life.

However, these instructional strategies were not discussed during the formal classroom

trainings nor during the monthly study group meetings, and as a result, there was limited

data collected regarding the teachers’ use of these strategies.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
169

Table 13

The extent to which participation in the English Language Learner Study Group informed
the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice

Teacher New Learning(s) for Evidence of New Learning(s) for Instructional


Instructional Practice
Practice
Harry • Allow students to • I wasn’t sure if I should allow students to
use native speak Spanish or Portuguese in the beginning,
language and but now if a student doesn’t know a word in
assist each other. English, I will ask if he knows it Spanish and
I will allow it as a response. Because it shows
that the student understands the concept even
if he does not have the word in English.

Lori • Revised • Elicits more information from students by


questioning giving students more time to develop their
strategies. answer and helping students extend their
answer beyond one-word replies.

Jackie • Developed more • Utilizes different strategies for helping


acute students understand new concepts, abstract
understanding of ideas and vocabulary necessary to be
learning gaps that successful in mainstream content classes.
English language
learners face in
mainstream
content classes.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
170

Teacher New Learning(s) for Evidence of New Learning(s) for Instructional


Instructional Practice
Practice
Lila • Practice more • Lila explained that she used to try to help
patience with students and if they “turned o ff’ then she
students would stop reaching out and rationalize that
they just didn’t want to do the work. As a
result of the training, she has more patience
and understanding and tries to use different
strategies to try to help them make
connections and not give up.

• Use of different • I definitely use more strategies for each unit.


grouping It is not just the visuals, but putting them into
strategies to pair groups and having them have time to
promote more meet as pair groups in order to discuss and
classroom process the information.
discussion.
• Also, I am accessing help from other teachers
• Collaborating and input from other teachers and different
with other strategies from other teachers. It’s definitely
teachers. been a big thing for me this year. For
example, whether it is asking Jackie about
things that she might have taught so that this
way I can sort of make a connection for them
or asking her to come up with little concept
games and things like that to help the
students to learn, to make it a little more fun.
So I think hopefully that’s going to make me
a better teacher in the future.

Barbara • Previewing • By the end of the professional development,


vocabulary and Barbara explained that she now previews
previewing vocabulary and content material before she
content. begins a new lesson or a new unit.

• Slow down • I remind them all the time, stop me please if


teacher talk, use you have any questions.. .so there’s no
of rephrasing and hesitation when it comes to raising their hands
questioning to and saying I don’t get it. So making sure that
increase student everyone is ... traveling together.
comprehension.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
171

T eacher New Learning(s) for Evidence of New Learning(s) for Instructional


Instructional Practice
Practice
Karen • More flexible • In the classroom, I try to be sensitive of that
with projects and and work with them to get their work done
homework but maybe a day or two late in a timely
deadlines manner though. And talking with my
teammates they’ve been also very
accommodating of a few of these students.
• Revised • I changed my homework grading criteria or
homework policy. Once I started collecting homework I
strategy saw a lot more effort going into the
homework. So it’s something definitely I’m
going to keep up for next year.

• Karen explained that when she writes her


• Revised tests, she makes sure that “there are not
language and unnecessary sentences and run-on type
sentence paragraphs that they (the students) need to
complexity for sort through in order to figure out what it is
tests. [that I am] testing them on.”

Lois • Incorporates • I try to formulate examples and write


students’ culture problems with their culture in mind.
into class
activities.

• Considers • With regards to assessments, I’m always


possible student looking on how an English language learner
confusion due to may interpret a problem. I’m not saying I’m
language or good at it yet and that I catch all of the
culture when misinterpretations because I think I don’t yet.
writing But, what I do anyway is when they are
assessments. taking assessments and working alone I try to
stop by and look over the shoulder and see if
I can catch a misinterpretation and
specifically ask is there anything I can
explain and of course I’m more than happy
when they ask me to explain.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
172

Lois • Allows students • And in the classroom I’m very open to allow
to use native them to interpret for each other, to help each
language and other, in English or in their own language
assist each other. whatever that is fine. They are very
comfortable doing that.

• Recognizes that • I think I’m a long way from that [using


she needs to effective strategies].. .1 need to really learn
learn, practice the strategies and start practicing and using
and eventually strategies to close the gap.
utilize effective
strategies for
teaching English
language
learners.

Joan • Encourage more • There are some times when I’m very flexible
flexible with grouping and I let kids choose their own
groupings partners... I think it’s powerful that ESL kids
between English not always be together that they be with other
language learners mainstream kids and just break through that
and other uncomfortableness....so that’s been really
students. successful.

• Slow down • I think in terms of assessments too I’ve been


pacing; more a little more flexible a little more lenient in
time given for terms of the kind of pacing I expect when I
students to assign projects. I don’t always have that kid
complete who can get it (the project) done in two days
projects. in mind anymore.

SUMMARY OF THE FINDINGS

This case study focused on the development of a teacher professional

development program called the English Language Learner Study Group. The

professional development was comprised of formal classroom training, monthly study

group meetings and a mentoring program for English language learners. This professional

development program was designed specifically to improve teachers’ understanding of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1 73

the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners and

positively impact the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice for English

language learners. The findings that emerged from the data collected through the teacher

interviews, teacher questionnaires and researcher field notes suggest that the professional

development dramatically improved the teachers’ understanding of the needs of English

language learners and contributed to the teachers’ professional growth as educators. This

section will discuss the findings as they relate to each of the research questions.

1. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ understanding of the
sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners?

2. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ perceptions of their
instruction?

The findings are broken into three major parts. Part I includes the summary of

findings that analyze individually each dimension of the professional development. Part

II includes the summary of findings that analyzes the three-dimensional professional

development as one entity - the English Language Learner Study Group and its effect on

promoting teacher professional growth. Part III includes two other findings that emerged

as a result of the study. The first was “time” and how it played a major factor in

constraining the effectiveness of the professional development program. The second

finding was the power of students’ voices in influencing teacher understanding of the

needs of English language learners.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
174

PART I: DIMENSIONS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER STUDY


GROUP PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM

FORMAL CLASSROOM TRAINING

Formal classroom training was divided into two courses. The findings from the

first course entitled Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching suggest that

the workshop improved all seven teachers’ general level of understanding of the

sociocultural and linguistic needs. Regarding the linguistic needs, the course improved

the teachers’ knowledge about second language acquisition and helped them see the

importance of allowing students to use their native language in the classroom. With

respect to the sociocultural needs, the teachers gained an understanding of some of the

students’ cultures, home lives, social norms and family backgrounds. However, the

course minimally changed the teachers’ understanding of the students’ instructional

needs. With respect to the second research question, this first course minimally

influenced the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice. Only two teachers

reported specific examples of how the training influenced their instructional practice.

The second course was entitled Assessment of Speaking and Listening Skills of

English Language Learners. The findings show that this workshop improved the

teachers’ understanding of the linguistic needs of English language learners. The

teachers indicated a keener awareness of the students’ struggle with comprehension and

helped them pay closer attention to their students’ speaking and pronunciation. There

was very little data that showed that this course altered the teachers’ understanding of

the students’ instructional or sociocultural needs. Regarding the second research

question, this course dramatically informed the teachers’ perceptions of their

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
175

instructional practice. The teachers reported a greater awareness of the language they

used as part of their teacher talk including the questions, vocabulary, use of idioms and

pronunciation that they utilized in class as a result of the learnings from this course.

They also demonstrated a deeper understanding of English language learners’ struggle

with comprehension of readings and class discussions in mainstream classrooms.

MONTHLY STUDY GROUP MEETINGS

A second dimension to the professional development program was the monthly

study group meetings. The findings from these one-hour meetings suggest the following:

The teachers’ interest in learning more about the students’ sociocultural needs - their

lives, home cultures and family responsibilities dominated the study group discussion in

the monthly meetings. However, there was very little data that showed that the teachers

acquired a deeper understanding of the linguistic or instructional needs of students.

Another finding from the study group meetings was that these meetings evolved

into a support mechanism for the mentoring program - the third dimension of the

professional development program. The September and October meetings introduced the

mentoring program, organized matches between mentors and mentees and provided

strategies to help the teacher mentors work with their mentees. Portions of the November,

January and April meetings provided the teachers opportunities to report on their progress

with their mentee and ask for support from the other teachers and group leader for

suggestions on how to overcome roadblocks or challenges with their mentoring

relationship. With respect to the second research question, the study group meetings did

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
176

not appear to influence or alter the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice.

While the researcher had planned to introduce topics around pedagogy for culturally

relevant teaching, sheltered instruction and vocabulary instruction, these discussions did

not take place due to the limited time of the one-hour after school meetings.

MENTORING PROGRAM

The third dimension of the professional development program was the mentoring

program. Each teacher served as a mentor for one of the English language learners during

the school year. The findings suggest that all teachers developed an increased

understanding of the sociocultural needs of the students. The teachers and mentees both

described how the main subject of conversation between them centered on the mentee’s

progress towards academic and non-academic goals, grades, and personal life, friends and

family issues. Through these conversations, the teachers learned about the mentee’s life,

family and family culture. There was little data that showed that the mentoring program

helped the teachers acquire a richer understanding of the instructional or linguistic needs

of English language learners. Regarding the second research question, there was little

data that illustrated how the participation in the mentoring program improved or changed

the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice.

Aside from the data that addressed the two research questions, there was

substantial data that supported two other important findings regarding the mentoring

program. The first finding was that the mentors and mentees developed trusting

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
177

relationships and the mentees believed that they could depend on their mentor to help

them not only as a teacher, but also as an advocate.

A second finding was that all of the mentors strongly recommended participation

in the mentoring program to other teachers because of the learning and increased

understanding of the students’ personal, family and home lives.

PART II: PROFESSIONAL GROWTH OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER


STUDY GROUP

The findings show that all of the teachers developed a much richer awareness of

English language learners’ sociocultural needs - their students’ family and cultural

issues, linguistic needs and instructional needs. As a group, the data show that prior to the

initiation of the English Language Learner Study Group, five of the teachers did not

consider any of the family, cultural or personal issues of their English language learners.

Through participation in the English Language Learner Study Group, the teachers learned

the importance of becoming more familiar with the students’ cultures and native language

as a means to better connect with these students. Furthermore, the teachers gained a more

heightened awareness of how some English language learner’s family responsibilities

such as earning money, translating for their parents at doctors appointments and caring

for younger siblings at home affect students’ school performance.

Another finding was that the teachers described a deeper understanding of the

students’ linguistic and instructional needs. Before the English Language Learner study

group began, five of the eight teachers reported that they did not have any knowledge or

approach for addressing their students’ linguistic needs as second language learners and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
178

they focused solely on teaching the curriculum content without regard to developing the

language of their students. Participation in the study group helped these teachers

understand the students’ challenges with the comprehension of academic language and

academic concepts. Regarding the instructional needs, the teachers shared how

participating in the study group helped them decide to extend project deadlines or accept

late homework based on individual students’ circumstances and family responsibilities.

Also, the teachers explained how they learned that many English language learners need

projects or assignments broken down into smaller chunks to make them more manageable

and more easily understood to complete.

The researcher had hoped to introduce a set of effective instructional strategies for

English language learners that included the following:

• Activating prior knowledge and building students’ background knowledge


before teaching a lesson or unit.

• Utilizing effective strategies for teaching content vocabulary and academic


language.

• Making concepts more easily understood for the learner with real objects,
manipulatives, visuals, and graphic organizers.

• Utilizing specific grouping strategies and cooperative learning for


organizing planned opportunities for interactions between all individuals in
the classroom.

• Helping students perceive the relationship of the content material from


parts to wholes, providing the tools to help them make explicit connections
between subject areas and between school life and home life.

However, these instructional strategies were not discussed during the formal class

training nor during the monthly study group meetings for two reasons. First, the two

workshops were introductory classes and while they both connected instruction with the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
179

topics in each course, neither class’s purpose was to focus squarely on effective

instructional strategies for enriching curriculum content. The second reason was that most

of the time available during the one-hour study group meetings was spent discussing the

teachers’ issues related to the mentoring program and their individual mentees.

PART III: OTHER SIGNIFICANT FINDINGS

There were two other significant findings from the case study. Both of these

findings were unexpected and are discussed below.

ISSUE OF TIME

One unexpected finding that did not specifically relate to the two research

questions was the issue of time and how it emerged as an important factor in constraining

the effectiveness of the professional development program. The monthly study group

meetings were originally designed to support the mentoring program by providing the

teachers opportunities to share about the progress with their mentees. The monthly study

group meetings also were planned with the intention of introducing modules of the

Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol (SIOP) to inform teachers about specific

instructional strategies designed to increase the academic achievement and language

abilities of English language learners. However, the one-hour meeting never was long

enough to provide the time to engage in this discussion about instruction.

As the researcher reviewed his field notes it was apparent that the teachers

repeatedly cited that time was a major constraint. They explained that there was not

enough time to meet with other mentors to discuss instructional strategies or to complete

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
180

the required work for the professional development courses. Also, the teachers’ numerous

after school responsibilities made it difficult for them to develop sound relationships with

their mentees; five of the eight mentors were unable to meet the three hours a month of

mentor-mentee meeting time that was recommended at the start of the program.

Finally, the formal classroom training courses were also affected by time. Both

courses required follow-up assignments designed to encourage teachers to apply the skills

and knowledge they had learned in the courses into their actual classroom practice. While

all of the teachers did complete the assignments, there was no built in time to debrief and

reflect as a group about the learning that took place from the course project work.

THE POWER OF STUDENT VOICE IN INFLUENCING TEACHER


UNDERSTANDING

The second unexpected finding was how panel discussions involving high school

English language learners dramatically enriched the teachers’ understanding of the

challenges that many English language learners face in schools. Three Nations High

School students shared their personal histories and school experiences with all of the

teachers in the January meeting and with both the teachers and the mentees during the

April meeting. The data from these two meetings showed how all eight teachers gained

an appreciation for the challenges that some English language learners face in terms of

their family responsibilities, challenges in comprehending academic content and learning

how to figure out the system of United States schooling. In addition to the data collected

immediately following these two meetings, the teachers referred to the learning in these

two meetings also at the end of the study during the final interviews and final

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
181

questionnaires. The researcher concluded that there was something so powerful, authentic

and honest about the high school students’ words that the learning and reflection from

these two meetings seemed to be ingrained in the teachers’ minds and continue to

influence their instruction and how they perceive English language learners.

CONCLUSION

The data presented in this chapter will be used to address the research questions of

this study. The following chapter will present a more thorough summary of the data, with

a discussion of the research literature from Chapter Two. In addition, implications on the

researcher’s leadership practice and suggestions for future study will be discussed.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
182

Chapter 5

Summary, Discussion, and Implications

INTRODUCTION

This final chapter is divided into six major sections that analyze and extend the

findings presented in Chapter Four. The findings are discussed in relation to relevant

research literature from Chapter Two. The discussion leads into suggested implications

for practice and recommendations for further research. The following sections form the

organization of this chapter:

1. Summary of the findings: This section provides a review of the major issues
identified in Chapter Four.

2. Discussion of the findings: This section discusses the relationship between the
findings and the research questions of the case study as they relate to the relevant
research literature discussed in Chapter Two.

3. Implications for practice, policy and further research: This section addresses
the findings in regard to their potential impact on practice, policy and further
research. Questions will be framed to address how the findings could impact
practice, policy or further research.

4. Limitations of the study: This section addresses the nature and extent of the
limitations that impact validity and reliability, as well as the obstacles
encountered in the study.

5. Implications for the researcher’s leadership and leadership in general: This


section discusses the researcher’s reflections and the lessons learned on his
leadership during the planning, implementation and assessment of this leadership
project.

6. Conclusion and Recommendations: This section completes the case study and
presents the researcher’s personal statement on the value gained from conducting
the study and provides meaningful information in the form of teacher perceptions
and implications for policy and practice for educators considering organizing
teacher professional development for English language learners.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
183

SUMMARY OF THE FINDINGS

This case study focused on the development of a teacher professional

development program called the English Language Learner Study Group. The

professional development was comprised of formal classroom training, monthly study

group meetings and a mentoring program for English language learners. This professional

development program was designed specifically to improve teachers’ understanding of

the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners and

positively impact the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice for English

language learners. The findings that emerged from the data collected through the teacher

interviews, teacher questionnaires and researcher field notes suggest that the professional

development dramatically improved the teachers’ understanding of the needs of English

language learners and contributed to the teachers’ professional growth as educators. This

section will discuss the findings as they relate to each of the research questions.

1. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting o f formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ understanding of the
sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners?

2. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience


consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ perceptions of their
instruction?

The findings are broken into three major parts. Part I includes the summary of

findings that analyze individually each dimension of the professional development. Part

II includes the summary of findings that analyzes the three-dimensional professional

development as one entity - the English Language Learner Study Group and its effect on

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
184

promoting teacher professional growth. Part III includes two other findings that emerged

as a result of the study. The first was “time” and how it played a major factor in

constraining the effectiveness of the professional development program. The second

finding was the power of students’ voices in influencing teacher understanding of the

needs of English language learners.

PART I: DIMENSIONS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER STUDY


GROUP PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM

FORMAL CLASSROOM TRAINING

Formal classroom training was divided into two courses. The findings from the

first course entitled Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching suggest that

the workshop improved all seven teachers’ general level of understanding of the

sociocultural and linguistic needs. Regarding the linguistic needs, the course improved

the teachers’ knowledge about second language acquisition and helped them see the

importance of allowing students to use their native language in the classroom. With

respect to the sociocultural needs, the teachers gained an understanding of some of the

students’ cultures, home lives, social norms and family backgrounds. However, the

course minimally changed the teachers’ understanding of the students’ instructional

needs. With respect to the second research question, this first course minimally

influenced the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice. Only two teachers

reported specific examples of how the training influenced their instructional practice.

The second course was entitled Assessment of Speaking and Listening Skills of

English Language Learners. The findings show that this workshop improved the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
185

teachers’ understanding of the linguistic needs of English language learners. The

teachers indicated a keener awareness of the students’ struggle with comprehension and

helped them pay closer attention to their students’ speaking and pronunciation. There

was very little data that showed that this course altered the teachers’ understanding of

the students’ instructional or sociocultural needs. Regarding the second research

question, this course dramatically informed the teachers’ perceptions of their

instructional practice. The teachers reported a greater awareness of the language they

used as part of their teacher talk including the questions, vocabulary, use of idioms and

pronunciation that they utilized in class as a result of the learnings from this course.

They also demonstrated a deeper understanding of English language learners’ struggle

with comprehension of readings and class discussions in mainstream classrooms.

MONTHLY STUDY GROUP MEETINGS

A second dimension to the professional development program was the monthly

study group meetings. The findings from these one-hour meetings suggest the following:

The teachers’ interest in learning more about the students’ sociocultural needs - their

lives, home cultures and family responsibilities dominated the study group discussion in

the monthly meetings. However, there was very little data that showed that the teachers

acquired a deeper understanding of the linguistic or instructional needs of students.

Another finding from the study group meetings was that these meetings evolved

into a support mechanism for the mentoring program - the third dimension of the

professional development program. The September and October meetings introduced the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
186

mentoring program, organized matches between mentors and mentees and provided

strategies to help the teacher mentors work with their mentees. Portions of the November,

January and April meetings provided the teachers opportunities to report on their progress

with their mentee and ask for support from the other teachers and group leader for

suggestions on how to overcome roadblocks or challenges with their mentoring

relationship. With respect to the second research question, the study group meetings did

not appear to influence or alter the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice.

While the researcher had planned to introduce topics around pedagogy for culturally

relevant teaching, sheltered instruction and vocabulary instruction, these discussions did

not take place due to the limited time of the one-hour after school meetings.

MENTORING PROGRAM

The third dimension of the professional development program was the mentoring

program. Each teacher served as a mentor for one of the English language learners during

the school year. The findings suggest that all teachers developed an increased

understanding of the sociocultural needs of the students. The teachers and mentees both

described how the main subject of conversation between them centered on the mentee’s

progress towards academic and non-academic goals, grades, and personal life, friends and

family issues. Through these conversations, the teachers learned about the mentee’s life,

family and family culture. There was little data that showed that the mentoring program

helped the teachers acquire a richer understanding of the instructional or linguistic needs

of English language learners. Regarding the second research question, there was little

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
187

data that illustrated how the participation in the mentoring program improved or changed

the teachers’ perceptions of their instructional practice.

Aside from the data that addressed the two research questions, there was

substantial data that supported two other important findings regarding the mentoring

program. The first finding was that the mentors and mentees developed trusting

relationships and the mentees believed that they could depend on their mentor to help

them not only as a teacher, but also as an advocate.

A second finding was that all of the mentors strongly recommended participation

in the mentoring program to other teachers because of the learning and increased

understanding of the students’ personal, family and home lives.

PART II: PROFESSIONAL GROWTH OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER


STUDY GROUP

The findings show that all of the teachers developed a much richer awareness of

English language learners’ sociocultural needs - their students’ family and cultural

issues, linguistic needs and instructional needs. As a group, the data show that prior to the

initiation of the English Language Learner Study Group, five of the teachers did not

consider any of the family, cultural or personal issues of their English language learners.

Through participation in the English Language Learner Study Group, the teachers learned

the importance o f becoming more familiar with the students’ cultures and native language

as a means to better connect with these students. Furthermore, the teachers gained a more

heightened awareness of how some English language learner’s family responsibilities

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
188

such as earning money, translating for their parents at doctors appointments and caring

for younger siblings at home affect students’ school performance.

Another finding was that the teachers described a deeper understanding of the

students’ linguistic and instructional needs. Before the English Language Learner study

group began, five of the eight teachers reported that they did not have any knowledge or

approach for addressing their students’ linguistic needs as second language learners and

they focused solely on teaching the curriculum content without regard to developing the

language of their students. Participation in the study group helped these teachers

understand the students’ challenges with the comprehension of academic language and

academic concepts. Regarding the instructional needs, the teachers shared how

participating in the study group helped them decide to extend project deadlines or accept

late homework based on individual students’ circumstances and family responsibilities.

Also, the teachers explained how they learned that many English language learners need

projects or assignments broken down into smaller chunks to make them more manageable

and more easily understood to complete.

The researcher had hoped to introduce a set of effective instructional strategies for

English language learners that included the following:

• Activating prior knowledge and building students’ background knowledge


before teaching a lesson or unit.

• Utilizing effective strategies for teaching content vocabulary and academic


language.

• Making concepts more easily understood for the learner with real objects,
manipulatives, visuals, and graphic organizers.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
189

• Utilizing specific grouping strategies and cooperative learning for


organizing planned opportunities for interactions between all individuals
in the classroom.

• Helping students perceive the relationship of the content material from


parts to wholes, providing the tools to help them make explicit
connections between subject areas and between school life and home life.

However, these instructional strategies were not discussed during the formal class

training nor during the monthly study group meetings for two reasons. First, the two

workshops were introductory classes and while they both connected instruction with the

topics in each course, neither class’s purpose was to focus squarely on effective

instructional strategies for enriching curriculum content. The second reason was that most

of the time available during the one-hour study group meetings was spent discussing the

teachers’ issues related to the mentoring program and their individual mentees.

PART III: OTHER SIGNIFICANT FINDINGS

There were two other significant findings from the case study. Both of these

findings were unexpected and are discussed below.

ISSUE OF TIME

One unexpected finding that did not specifically relate to the two research

questions was the issue of time and how it emerged as an important factor in constraining

the effectiveness of the professional development program. The monthly study group

meetings were originally designed to support the mentoring program by providing the

teachers opportunities to share about the progress with their mentees. The monthly study

group meetings also were planned with the intention of introducing modules of the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
190

Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol (SIOP) to inform teachers about specific

instructional strategies designed to increase the academic achievement and language

abilities of English language learners. However, the one-hour meeting never was long

enough to provide the time to engage in this discussion about instruction.

As the researcher reviewed his field notes it was apparent that the teachers

repeatedly cited that time was a major constraint. They explained that there was not

enough time to meet with other mentors to discuss instructional strategies or to complete

the required work for the professional development courses. Also, the teachers’ numerous

after school responsibilities made it difficult for them to develop sound relationships with

their mentees; five of the eight mentors were unable to meet the three hours a month of

mentor-mentee meeting time that was recommended at the start of the program.

Finally, the formal classroom training courses were also affected by time. Both

courses required follow-up assignments designed to encourage teachers to apply the skills

and knowledge they had learned in the courses into their actual classroom practice. While

all of the teachers did complete the assignments, there was no built in time to debrief and

reflect as a group about the learning that took place from the course project work.

THE POWER OF STUDENT VOICE IN INFLUENCING TEACHER


UNDERSTANDING

The second unexpected finding was how panel discussions involving high school

English language learners dramatically enriched the teachers’ understanding of the

challenges that many English language learners face in schools. Three Nations High

School students shared their personal histories and school experiences with all of the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
191

teachers in the January meeting and with both the teachers and the mentees during the

April meeting. The data from these two meetings showed how all eight teachers gained

an appreciation for the challenges that some English language learners face in terms of

their family responsibilities, challenges in comprehending academic content and learning

how to figure out the system of United States schooling. In addition to the data collected

immediately following these two meetings, the teachers referred to the learning in these

two meetings also at the end of the study during the final interviews and final

questionnaires. The researcher concluded that there was something so powerful, authentic

and honest about the high school students’ words that the learning and reflection from

these two meetings seemed to be ingrained in the teachers’ minds and continue to

influence their instruction and how they perceive English language learners.

PART II: DISCUSSION OF THE FINDINGS

The findings o f this case study relate to educational research that described the

areas o f recommended professional development for teachers of English language

learners and the recommended elements of effective professional development programs.

SOCIOCULTURAL NEEDS:

The educational research recommends that teachers expand their knowledge base

of the home languages and cultural backgrounds of their students (Beykont, 2000;

Fillmore and Snow, 2002; Zeichner, 2003; Brisk et al., 2002). One influential study of

700,000 English language learners in five urban and suburban districts showed that one

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
192

the key predictors of academic success of English language learners is based on the

school’s value towards the students’ languages and cultures (Thomas and Collier, 1997).

Brisk et al. (2002) found that teachers can more effectively educate bilingual

learners when they get to know the students’ educational and cultural backgrounds and

language abilities. Also, schools must form a bridge between the culture of the school and

the student’s home culture; by utilizing culturally responsive instruction teachers can

incorporate culture and language-sensitive practices so that all students feel respected for

their cultural backgrounds (Zeichner, 2003; Gay, 2000; Nieto 2002). Fillmore and Snow

(2002) note that teachers must understand that “children of immigrants and native-born

American children from nonmajority backgrounds may encounter a stark disjunction

between their cultural understandings and those of the school” (p.56). Therefore, they

urge teachers to act as “agents of socialization” by learning to respect their students’

home languages and cultures, and learn to help their students make the transition to U.S.

schooling without undercutting the parents’ and families’ role at home.

The teachers in this case study acquired a rich understanding of the students’

cultural backgrounds, personal lives and family responsibilities. During the formal

classroom training, Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching, the

teachers were exposed to how school can look and feel different for students from

different cultural backgrounds. From the teachers’ participation in the mentoring program

and the monthly study group meetings, the teachers shared a deep appreciation for their

mentees’ challenging personal lives and family responsibilities. For instance, all eight

teachers described different examples of their increased understanding of the students’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1 93

sociocultural needs as a result of their involvement in the English Language Learner

Study Group. Furthermore, there was significant evidence that demonstrated examples of

how the teachers became “agents of socialization” - helping their students learn the

United States school system, but at the same time showing respect and sharing admiration

for the students’ families.

LINGUISTIC NEEDS:

The educational research recommends that teachers learn the basics of

bilingualism, second language development and the challenges that English language

learners face in mainstream education (Clair & Adger, 1999; Clair, 1998; Fillmore and

Snow, 2002; Menken and Antunez, 2001). Furthermore, English language learners have

been found to be more academically successful when teachers understand the research-

based principles of second language development (Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006).

Teachers of English language learners also should become familiar with the curriculum

standards for English language learners so they become more knowledgeable about how

to aid students in the development of their language abilities” (Menken & Antunez, 2001,

p.7). Also, the research emphasizes the importance of teachers understanding oral

language required in formal and academic areas, oral language used in conversation and

academic language or academic English (Fillmore and Snow, 2002; Cummins, 2000).

Cummins (1981) and Thomas and Collier (2002) recommend that because academic

English is principally learned in school, teachers must have an understanding of how

language plays a role in academic content learning.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
194

The teachers involved in this case study during the first formal classroom training

of Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching learned about second

language acquisition theory, bilingualism, Cummins’ (1981) Common Underlying

Proficiency theory and Cummins’ (1984) explanation of the differences between the

Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills (BICS) and the Cognitive Academic Language

Proficiency (CALP). During the second formal classroom training- Assessment of

Speaking and Listening, the teachers reviewed the basics of oral language -speaking and

listening. Also they learned how to use an assessment tool to measure an English

language learner’s English speaking and listening development (Appendix L). From the

teachers’ participation in these two courses, the data showed that the teachers developed

an understanding of the challenge that English language learners have comprehending

academic language used in classroom discussions and in textbooks. The teachers also

began to listen more carefully to their students’ speaking and pronunciation of words

instead of only listening for the correctness of students’ responses to the academic

content. The teachers also reported how these courses helped them gain an understanding

of the English language proficiency benchmarks and standards for reading, writing,

speaking and listening.

INSTRUCTIONAL NEEDS AND INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICE:

The educational research also emphasizes how teachers of English language

learners be well trained with a wide range of instructional strategies to socialize English

language learners to mainstream culture, teach them academic skills and develop

culturally responsive classrooms that help students connect what they need to know with

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
195

their previous background knowledge (Beykont, 2002, Delpit, 1995, Fillmore & Snow,

2000; Garcia, 1996; Gonzalez & Darling-Hammond, 1997; Moll, 1992; Zeichner, 1996).

Freeman and Freeman (2002) recommend that teachers of older English language

learners should engage students in challenging curriculum that build on students’

background knowledge, native language and culture; teachers should organize group

activities and scaffold instruction to improve students’ academic English and build their

confidence so the students value the importance of school and value themselves as

learners.

Teachers should also have knowledge about how lexicon vocabulary is acquired

and structured. According to George Miller’s work, children growing up in English-

speaking families achieve a vocabulary of up to 80,000 words by age 17 (as cited by

Fillmore & Snow, 2002). Fillmore and Snow (2002) suggest that teachers of second

language learners should teach new vocabulary in related groups since words are more

meaningful when they are understood in connection with others.

Research o f good instruction for English language learners has examined how

incorporating a language-development component into content instructions results in

better curriculum access and higher achievement (Berman et al., 1995; Echevarria, Short,

& Powers, 2003; Minicucci, 1996). Two instructional models developed to help English

language learners increase academic achievement across the content areas are the

Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach (CALLA) developed by Chamot and

O’Malley (1994) and the Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol (SIOP) developed

by Echevarria et al. (2004). The CALLA model “fosters academic language and cognitive

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
196

development by integrating content, language and learning strategy instruction” (Chamot

and O’Malley, 1994, p.88). Characteristics of the instructional practices utilized in the

CALLA model include “ 1) extensive use of students’ prior conceptual and linguistic

knowledge, 2) cooperative learning, teacher modeling and scaffolding and 3) teacher-

student dialogue on thinking and learning strategies” (1994, p.90). SIOP recommends

that teachers can be trained in how to incorporate graphic organizers, visuals,

demonstrations, vocabulary strategies, and reaching out to students’ prior knowledge to

teach content area material more effectively (Echevarria et al., 2004).

The promotion of positive interactions between teachers and students has also

been found to be an important instructional objective in producing high-level academic

outcomes with English language learners (Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006). Two

studies by the California State Department of Education (1982) and Doherty et al. (2003)

showed that when teachers used positive social and instructional interactions equally

between English language learners and English proficient students, both groups

performed better academically (as cited by Lindholm-Leary & Borsato, 2006).

Several studies have shown that the instructional strategy of cooperative learning

has increased student achievement and higher-level thinking. In cooperative learning,

students develop knowledge by working on task-based projects that demand participation

and interaction by all group members. Johnson and Johnson (1999) explain that

cooperative learning includes five defining elements including positive independence:

face-to-face promotive interaction; individual and group accountability; interpersonal and

small group skills; and group processing. Cooperative learning represents “a broad range

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
197

of instructional methods in which students work together to learn academic content”

(Slavin & Calderon, 2001, p. 18). Research has shown that cooperative-learning groups

help English language learners attain higher levels of achievement (Calderon and

Carreon, 1994; Calderon, Hertz-Lazarowitz, and Slavin, 1998; Calderon, Tinajero, and

Hertz-Lazarowitz, 1992). Furthermore, cooperative learning is a characteristic of

effective programs for English language learners (Berman et al., 1995; Doherty et al.,

2003; Montecel and Cortez, 2002).

The teachers in this case study increased their understanding of the instructional

needs of their English language learners and made some limited changes to their

instructional practice. There was evidence that the teachers utilized visuals and initiated

grouping strategies to promote greater interactions between English language learners

and the native English-speaking students. Also, the teachers described how they

integrated more frequent clarifying questions into their classroom discussions in order to

more carefully ensure that English language learners comprehended the academic

content. The teachers also began to use more scaffolding techniques such as sharing

prepared typed lecture notes to English language learners who demonstrated difficulties

with keeping up with classroom discussion. There was also significant evidence that the

teachers became more aware of their teacher talk and began to speak slower and rephrase

more frequently to help the English language learners improve their comprehension of

teacher-directed instruction. The teachers also indicated that their participation in the

study group allowed English language learners to utilize their native language in class to

help translate and assist other English language learners.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
198

EFFECTIVE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT DESIGNS

The educational research cites several guidelines for the design and

implementation of effective professional development. DuFour and Eaker (1998) and

Sparks and Hirsh (1997) recommend that professional development be tied to student
i

achievement and how it changes instructional behavior to benefit student learning. Also

the professional development must be based on characteristics of good teaching, it should

expand the teachers’ repertoires for meeting the diverse needs of students, and be based

at the school level and supported by the central office.

Furthermore, the professional development should be job-embedded to connect

learning to current, real-life problems faced by teachers and administrators (DuFour and

Eaker, 1998; Sparks and Hirsh, 1997). Job-embedded professional development can take

many forms including well-designed training programs followed by coaching, educators

conducting action research, participation in study groups, observing peers, planning

sessions with colleagues and journal writing.

Darling-Hammond and McLaughlin (1995) believe that professional development

must prepare teachers “to see complex subject matter from the perspectives of diverse

students” (p.597) and should encourage teachers to reflect on their current practice,

content, pedagogy and learners.

Staff development should provide the necessary coaching for the mastery of new

skills. The training includes a combination of “presentation and explanation of the theory

behind the practice, demonstration, opportunities for initial guided practice, prompt

feedback about their efforts, sustained coaching” (DuFour and Eaker, 1998, p.265). This

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
199

process should promote teacher reflection and dialogue and be sustained over a long

period of time. The impact of the training should be assessed at several different levels in

order to accurately measure its affect on the entire organization.

Another critical feature of effective professional development is that it is based on

a constructivist theory of learning (Brooks and Brooks, 1993; Sparks and Hirsh, 1997;

Loucks-Horsley, 2005). This theory describes learning as a process and that adult learners

construct their knowledge by modifying or rejecting existing ideas. In other words,

learners are not considered “empty vessels” to be filled up by the knowledge from others.

Instead, the learners have their own ideas about how to make sense of the world and the

professional development helps them make connections between their existing ideas and

the new ones that they are acquiring during the professional development. Furthermore,

to help learners make these connections; the professional development provides

opportunities for collaboration and interaction discussions between learners as they help

each make sense of the new concepts (Jonassen, 1994).

The evidence of the teachers’ increased understanding of the sociocultural,

instructional and linguistic needs of English language learners from the professional

development in this case study supported the direction promulgated by educational

research about effective professional development. The professional development

supported a constructivist theory of learning that was job-embedded. The teachers

increased their understanding of the needs of English language learners from their

participation in the formal courses that required the teachers to engage in discussion,

complete assignments that included interviewing and assessing English language learners

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
200

and collaborate between each other and the ESL experts that were invited to share

knowledge and support the teachers throughout the program. As a result of this

professional development implementation, one of the findings that confirmed the

research is that the teachers reported increased collaboration and learning between

themselves and the ESL teachers in the school.

STUDY GROUPS

One form of an effective professional development design is the incorporation of

study groups (Roberts & Pruitt, 2003). The study group strategy provides teachers the

opportunity to make decisions about what the group is going to study as well as learn

about each other and how to work together (Roberts & Pruitt, 2003). There was

significant evidence that demonstrated how the formation of the English Language

Learner Study Group gave the participants the control to make decisions about the

direction and agenda of the monthly study group meetings. For instance, the researcher

discovered during the December one-on-one interviews with the teachers, that seven of

the eight teachers indicated that they would like to learn more deeply about the bicultural

/ bilingual world of older English language learners. As a response to this expressed

interest, the researcher collaborated with Esta Montano, the Director of Equity and

Achievement, to organize a student panel discussion of high school English language

learners during the January and April study group meetings.

The educational research also suggests that by acquiring more knowledge about

teaching and learning, teachers in study groups feel more empowered to do their jobs

(Birchak et al., 1998). There was significant evidence that demonstrated how the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
201

teachers’ understanding improved regarding the students’ challenges with comprehension

of academic language and academic concepts.

MENTORING PROGRAM

The educational research describes that mentoring provides mentors with the

opportunity to practice and demonstrate emotional-intelligence skills such as

interpersonal skills, intrapersonal capabilities like emotional self-awareness and the

ability to maintain hope under challenging or adverse situations (Miller, 2002). There was

significant evidence from the research in the case study, that the teachers had numerous

opportunities to practice both interpersonal and intrapersonal skills during their

participation as a mentor and a member of the English Language Learner Study Group.

For example, all eight of the teachers’ mentees stated that their mentors helped them

address personal problems and achieve their goals in school. Also, as participants in the

study group the teachers completed four questionnaires, two interviews and participated

in seven study group meetings that all focused on providing the teachers opportunities to

share their thinking and reflect on the challenges that were presented from working one-

to-one with an English language learner as a mentee during the school year.

The research literature also suggests several desirable characteristics of effective

mentors (Miller, 2002; Dondero, 1997; Farmer, 1999; Songsthagen and Lee, 1996).

Mentors should see the mentee as a special individual and be comfortable with cultural or

socio-economic distance. Mentors should set high standards and instill confidence in the

mentee to aim high, respect the mentee’s ability to make their own decisions, be flexible,

open and able to accept to other values, cultures and viewpoints as well as show interest,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
202

respect, affection and enthusiasm for the subjects, areas and moral issues raised by the

mentee. The evidence from the case study indicates that all eight mentors were strongly

endorsed by their mentees and the mentees were appreciative of the relationship that they

developed with their mentor during the year. Another finding was that seven of the eight

mentees increased their grade point average by a half-point over the previous year and all

seven of the mentees attributed this academic improvement partly to the help of their

mentors. In the final analysis, all eight teachers reported a much deeper understanding of

students’ personal lives and the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional challenges that

these students face in achieving academic success.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
203

PART III: IMPLICATIONS FOR PRACTICE, POLICY AND FURTHER


RESEARCH

The findings of this case study suggest several implications for policy, practice

and further research.

IMPLICATIONS FOR PRACTICE AND POLICY

The implications for policy and practice are broken into the following sub-categories:

• Suggested steps for initiating an English Language Learner Study Group


• Formal classroom training
• Suggested training for pre-service teachers
• Monthly study group meetings
• Mentoring program
• Time

SUGGESTED STEPS FOR INITIATING AN ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER


STUDY GROUP
Throughout the discussion of the implications for this professional development,

please refer to Appendix N at the end of this chapter. Appendix N is a smooth causal

network diagram that summarizes one effective design for a teacher professional

development program targeting the needs of English language learners.

There are four primary ingredients that are necessary in order to launch a

comprehensive teacher professional development program for English language learners.

First, the school must have a defined goal(s) related to improving academic achievement

for students or English language learners, or as is commonly described as “closing the

achievement gap.” Second, there needs to be a combination of job-embedded in-school

and after school time that is appropriated for a cohort of teachers to participate in formal

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
204

classroom training, mentor an English language learner, and participate in monthly study

group meetings and outings with all of the mentors and mentees during the school year.

Third, the school or district must dedicate a reasonable amount of resources in the form

of release time for teacher in-service time, a budget for purchasing materials, and a small

“thank-you” teacher stipend for the personal time they will dedicate to their mentee at the

expense of their own planning time to participate in the mentoring program. Fourth the

superintendent and building principals must endorse the importance of this training for all

teachers. As the first cohort progresses through the training and begins to develop a

richer understanding of the needs of the learners as well as make modifications to their

instruction, the school’s leadership team has to develop planned opportunities for this

cohort of teachers to share their new understandings and instructional gains with the rest

of the faculty during curriculum and faculty meetings. It is essential that the leadership

team work with the faculty in making the connection between the importance of this

professional development and working towards advancing the learning opportunities for

all students.

The target population for this professional development is primarily mainstream

and special educators who have not received previous training with English language

learners. However, the case study showed that recruiting at least one ESL teacher to

participate as part of the cohort helped raise the level of discussion in the study group

meetings and assisted with supporting the needs of the other members of the cohort other

than the group leader.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
205

It is important that a cohort model is utilized in this professional development

because there is a level of trust that needs to be cultivated between all of the members of

the study group. This cohort will work together for two years so it is necessary that the

group leader arrange an understanding between all of the members about the importance

of confidentiality and trust. The teachers share sensitive information about their

instruction and about the lives of their mentees. By creating a trusting cohort, the study

group members can develop a team of people that they can depend on in the building for

both emotional and pedagogical support.

FORMAL CLASSROOM TRAINING

The classroom training - Introduction to Second Language Learning and

Teaching and Assessment of Speaking and Listening were worthwhile introductory

workshops; the findings showed how teachers increased their understanding of the

sociocultural, instructional and linguistic needs of English language learners. However, it

is also essential that teachers deal with issues of race in order to help reflect and clarify in

their minds their own political orientations and unacknowledged racism. Bartolome

(1998) explained that educators who do not identify and reflect on their own negative,

racist and classist ideological orientations tend to reproduce the current social order and

can easily corrupt their own work because of unacknowledged racism. Freire (1998)

recommended that teachers need to have the courage to address inequities that keep down

certain populations of students and develop educational environments that are safe and

effective for all learners. Therefore, the researcher recommends that a third course be

added to help teachers address these issues or additional modules are added to the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
206

curriculum of the Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching course. As

part of the follow-up from this course, the study group leader should work carefully to

provide opportunities for the teachers to continue reflecting and discussing these issues

regarding race, culture and language as they continue their work in the mentoring

program and participate in the study group meetings. It is critical that through this

process of reflection, discussion and readings that teachers develop a firm understanding

of their ideology of education. Teachers have to figure out what it means to educate all

students and support their students’ right to enjoy learning, achieve academic success,

acquire the necessary skills and knowledge and develop the confidence to prosper in the

society.

Another important implication for practice regarding the formal classroom

training is that in order to address specific instructional strategies recommended for

effective instruction of English language learners with mainstream teachers, it is essential

that the teachers take a course entitled Enriching Content Curriculum for Secondary

English Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) or the Sheltered Instruction Observation

Protocol (SIOP) model. These courses teach in a series of discrete modules instructional

strategies that are good for all learners, but essential for English language learners.

SUGGESTED TRAINING FOR PRE-SERVICE TEACHERS

There are several implications for policy to systematize teacher training for

English language learners. First, pre-service teachers should be required to take at least

one course dealing with second language development and linguistics. In addition,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
207

embedded in the teaching method course(s) that every pre-service teacher takes in an

education program, there should be a portion of the curriculum that specializes in

effective instruction for promoting academic language development for English language

learners. For pre-service teachers who wish to work in urban school districts and will

encounter large percentages of English language learners in the school, education

programs should require a teaching methods course that is based on learning the

pedagogy based on the Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol m odel.

MONTHLY STUDY GROUP MEETINGS

Monthly study group meetings are an effective format for professional

development in two major areas. First, the meetings provide the teachers time to share

their mentoring experiences. Each month, mentors can seek support with one another and

the group leader in addressing individual challenges with their mentee. In addition, the

monthly meeting provides the group a chance to get together, celebrate successes and

renew one’s spirit and focus on the challenge of working with a mentee and addressing

the diverse needs of English language learners in their classrooms.

Monthly study group meetings also are effective in conducting panel discussions

with guest speakers sharing information about English language learners. There were two

types of panel discussions. One panel discussion involves the use of experts in the ESL

field to share information and materials regarding second language development, the

influence of culture on student learning, and general information about biculturalism and

bilingualism. The second type of panel discussion involves the invitation of high school

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
208

and college English language learners to share their school, work and family experiences

as middle school English language learners. One of the strongest findings in this case

study was that all eight teachers found that the two most beneficial monthly study group

meetings were those lead by the high school English language learners. The eight

teachers demonstrated a much greater understanding of some of the challenges that some

English language learners face in terms of the family responsibilities, comprehending

academic content, and figuring out the system of United States schooling. The researcher

concluded that there was something so powerful, authentic and honest about the students’

words from these two panel discussions that the learning and reflection seemed to be

ingrained in the teachers’ minds and will continue to influence their instruction and how

they perceive English language learners in their classrooms. Furthermore, the information

about biculturalism, bilingualism and knowledge about the students’ cultures is what all

eight teachers indicated would be most relevant in future monthly study group meetings.

Another implication for practice regarding the use of study group meetings is that

the leader must be attentive to adjusting the agenda and direction of the meetings based

on the preferences of the participants. During the case study, seven of the eight teachers

indicated during the December mid-point interviews that they would like to learn more

about the cultures of English language learners and the researcher in collaboration with

Esta Montano were able to move the focus of the meetings directly to this theme with the

help of the high school students’ panel discussions in January and April.

The monthly study group meetings are not the appropriate forums for teaching

instructional strategies for several reasons. First, introducing instructional strategies and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
209

then giving teachers the time to “unpack” the strategy, consider how to integrate it into

their own practice, pilot the strategy and then debrief with others about the strategy is

very challenging if not impossible to do in one or two monthly one-hour meetings.

Furthermore, teachers need to be in a certain mindset and bring a level of energy and

eagerness in order to be ready for learning and then experimenting with an instructional

strategy. In addition, there has to be on-going classroom coaching and support. For these

reasons, an environment such as a graduate course or a series of school in-service

meetings is a more appropriate vehicle for serious discussion and integration of effective

instructional strategies for English language learners.

Monthly study group meetings should be something that teachers look forward to

and are relevant to their own professional development because they are voluntary and

they consume valuable after school time. Therefore, in addition to choosing a meeting

agenda that is relevant and purposeful for each teacher, the leader should try to offer

amenities such as a comfortable meeting environment and snacks to acknowledge and

thank the participants for volunteering to participate and invest the energy and the time

into an initiative.

MENTORING PROGRAM

The establishment of a mentoring program between one teacher and one English

language learner can provide both the student and teacher powerful learning

opportunities. The teacher will experience through the eyes of the student many of the

personal, family and cultural issues that some English language learners face during the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
210

program. By putting a face to the issues that are discussed in the study group meetings

and formal classroom training, the teacher has a learner to help understand more deeply

the sociocultural issues facing English language learners. The student also benefits from

this arrangement. The student is matched with one trusting and invested adult in the

school building. This adult is dedicated to helping him or her succeed academically and

serve as an advocate to speak to parents and refer the student to other professionals such

as guidance counselors, psychologists, or social workers when this extra support might

better address the student’s needs.

Initiating a successful mentoring program requires several components. First, the

leader(s) of the program must carefully work with the school’s administration and

guidance counselors to identify a group of English language learners that need academic

support. Some of these learners might have some emotional or personal needs too, but it

is important to choose learners whose emotional needs do not exceed the ability of the

teacher to connect and develop a meaningful relationship with the student. After

developing a list of students who fit these criteria, the mentor leader should interview

each student candidate and find out if the student and the student’s parents or guardians

are interested in joining the program. If the student agrees to join, then it is necessary to

capture as much information as possible about the interests, goals and background of the

student; this information then can be shared with the pool of teacher mentors so they have

information in which to try to choose a learner that they believe they can work with.

Taking this upfront time to establish good matches between mentor and mentee is

essential in launching a successful program.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Another important factor in establishing an effective mentoring program is that

there have to be carefully defined and understood expectations for both the mentor and

the mentee (and the mentee’s family). The researcher found in this case study that several

mentors expressed a lack of clarity in what they were expected to do with the mentee.

The researcher realized this was due to a lack of initial training and more concrete

guidelines and expectations that should have been more clearly delineated at the

beginning of the program. Another finding from the case study that has implications for

the mentoring program is that the mentors need to have a forum to share their concerns

and gain feedback and support from other mentors. In this case study, the researcher

utilized a large portion of the monthly study group meetings to provide the mentors with

opportunities to share and to learn from each other regarding the challenges and

successes with their mentee.

Finally, another essential component to making the mentor-mentee relationship a

successful one is to build in sufficient time for the mentor and mentee to meet during and

after the school day. In a middle school environment where there is common team

planning time, it would be beneficial to program on a regular basis a portion of time to

pull-out the student from a World Language or Unified Arts class to meet with the

mentor. Furthermore, the administration could coordinate with the mentors in reducing an

after school duty or meeting so the teacher has at least one afternoon each week to meet

one-on-one with their mentee.

Another finding from the case study is that the mentees and mentors enjoyed a

team-building group activity in November that involved all mentors and mentees. It

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
212

would be beneficial to design into the school calendar a series of group activities that

could be used as rewards or incentives for the mentees to accomplish their academic

goals and at the same time provide more team bonding time for all mentors and mentees.

TIME

Providing sufficient job-embedded time for teachers to engage in professional

development is a necessary condition to launch a successful study group. The formal

classroom training which focus on important introductory concepts relating to second

language development, culture and the benchmarks and standards for English language

learners would be enhanced if there was more time built in as follow-up professional

development during teacher common planning time. Some suggestions for extending

these courses into teachers’ regular instructional practice would be to set goals with the

teachers to use the English Language Proficiency Benchmarks and Outcomes (ELPBO)

document as part of on-going lesson and unit planning. Also, teachers could be expected

to utilize the assessment tool for speaking and listening for the English language learners

in their classrooms (see Appendix L). The teachers could be given time to compare their

assessments with the assessments from the team’s ESL teacher; this academic

conversation around the students’ progress in speaking and listening using this common

scoring rubric could then lead to both the mainstream and ESL teachers to strategize how

to modify their instruction to help students improve their speaking and listening skills.

In addition to time being carefully appropriated to help reinforce the learning

from the formal classroom training and promote more on-going collaboration between

mainstream and ESL teachers, the school’s administration could work with the cohort of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
213

teachers to provide in-school time for each of them to work with their mentees in a

regularly scheduled “pull-out” scenario. The evidence from the case study clearly

demonstrated that the teacher’s after school responsibilities that include faculty meetings,

curriculum meetings, communication with parents or guardians and providing after

school help sessions for their own students leaves the teacher little time and emotional

energy to meet with their mentee on a one-to-one basis after school. This time is essential

for making the mentoring program more successful.

IMPLICATIONS FOR FURTHER RESEARCH

The findings of this case study also suggest several implications for further

research. This research project carefully studied the impact that the professional

development program made on the teachers’ understanding of the needs of English

language learners and informed their instructional practice. It would be interesting to

determine the effect of how this professional development program translated into

student academic gain over time. To pursue this research path, a cohort of teachers could

be selected to participate in the program. Then, a group of entering sixth graders could be

carefully selected, matched with the mentors with the expectation that they would

participate in this program through the end of middle school in eighth grade. Students’

progress from sixth to eighth grade could be measured and compared with a group of

students who were not matched with mentors involved in the study group.

A second area for further research could be a more careful examination of the

effectiveness for improving teacher understanding of the needs and issues facing English

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
214

language learners through the use of students’ voices as a component of a teacher

professional development program. The power of the student voice in this case study was

so strong in influencing the teachers’ learning that it would be helpful to analyze how

organizing a panel discussion made up of English language learners, the parents of

English language learners and leaders of immigrant advocacy groups could be used to

increase teachers’ understanding of the issues facing their school’s English language

learners.

A third area for further research could be a study based more tightly around

improving teacher instruction of English language learners using recommended effective

instructional strategies. If there were multiple grade level teams of students, one grade-

level team could take a graduate-level course entitled, Enriching Content Curriculum for

Secondary English Speakers of Other Languages and then participate in on-going, job-

embedded coaching from the course trainers to integrate the strategies into their

instructional practice. Then, this team’s instruction could be compared to a grade level

team who did not receive this training in order to determine the effect that the

participation in the course had on the teachers’ instruction and on student academic

achievement.

LIMITATIONS

There were several limitations and threats to internal validity in this study. First,

the size of the sample, eight teachers from one school inhibits the potential for making

the findings of the study generalizable beyond how the study might help improve the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
215

professional development at this one school. Second, while the selection process for

choosing the teachers was completely voluntary, the researcher deliberately recruited

teachers who demonstrated a sincere interest and enthusiasm in the learning needs of

English language learners and represented a variety of content areas.

There were other limitations to this study. The researcher recognized that the

participating teachers were aware of their role as active participants in the research.

Consequently, there is a possibility that participants responded or behaved in inauthentic

ways according to the “Hawthorne effect” (Suter, 1998). Therefore, it is possible that the

attitudes and opinions that were recorded, reviewed and analyzed may not have exactly

reflected all of the authentic thoughts of each of the participants. The researcher

attempted to minimize this limitation by emphasizing repeatedly to the participants that

the study’s credibility depended on the participants’ consistent honest and sincere

feedback about the professional development program.

The researcher also acknowledges the possibility for his own bias towards

highlighting the positive responses from the teachers regarding the beneficial effects of

the English Language Learners Study Group and downplaying the negative aspects since

the researcher was also the originator and leader of the study group. Efforts were made to

minimize this through the use of neutral individuals unaffiliated with the study to review

the questionnaires, interviews and field notes. There were also other individuals who

helped review the data.

Another limitation is that the researcher was the principal collector of the data. As

the Department Head o f ESL/Bilingual Programs and member of the school’s leadership

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
216

team, there may have been a perception among the participants that the researcher had

institutional authority over them. As a result of this perception, there is the possibility that

the participants may have responded in inauthentic ways. Also, the researcher is mindful

that participants may have felt hesitant or preoccupied that their participation in the study

could have affected their evaluation despite the researcher’s assurances that participation

would have no effect on their evaluation.

A final limitation is that most of the data instruments including the questionnaires

and interviews were researcher designed. As a result, there may have been threats to

internal validity and reliability. To emphasize consistency, dependability and validity, the

use of triangulation was utilized to enhance internal validity. Triangulation is the process

of using “multiple investigators, multiple sources of data, or multiple methods to confirm

the emerging findings” (Merriam, 1998, p.204).

IMPLICATIONS FOR LEADERSHIP

The project leader who was also the researcher learned much about his own

leadership skills during the planning, implementation and assessment of the English

Language Learner Study Group project. There were five key themes that were relevant

in this self-analysis o f leadership. These themes included building trust, being attentive to

the participants’ needs, sharing praise, emphasizing the importance of collaboration and

teamwork, and being prepared for managing the emotional highs and lows of a leadership

project.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
217

Building trust between all of the members of the study group was one of the

primary concerns from the beginning of this project. As the researcher recruited

interested teachers to participate in the study group, he emphasized the importance of

how the work would require a high level of trust and respect for one another. Sergiovanni

(2005) sees that relationships between organizations and people be based on trust; “trust

is the tie that binds roles and allows for the creation of role sets that embody reciprocal

obligations” (p.l 19). During the first few meetings the study group established a set of

informal norms and expectations that were mutually agreed on to govern the behavior

throughout the professional development program. One essential expectation was that

there was a code of confidentiality between the study group members during the monthly

meetings; this confidentiality extended to the researcher and the invited guests. The

researcher also stated from the beginning and reminded the participants throughout the

program that the work done in the study group would not be included as any part of the

formal supervision and evaluation process.

The second theme that emerged from this reflection on leadership practice was the

importance of attending to the needs of the study group participants and providing

encouragement and moral support throughout the program. As Starratt (2003) explains

the ethics of care is “grounded in the belief that the integrity of human relationships

should be sacred and that the school as an organization should hold the good of human

beings within it as sacred” (p. 145). There were several examples that demonstrated how

the researcher led with this ethic of care. First, there were a few times during the school

year when the teachers felt great duress from several work responsibilities converging at

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
218

the same time around the final preparations for the MCAS testing. In response to this

work overload, he decided to postpone the February and March study group meetings and

instead met with each teacher privately to make sure they were receiving support and

attention.

Related to attending to the teachers’ needs was how the researcher’s leadership

was influenced by the concept of presence. Starratt (2004) explains that presence is being

wide-awake to what’s in front of you; a leader who lives the virtue of presence is aware

that how and what he communicates to others through spoken language, body language,

and facial expressions reveals his authentic self. When the researcher met with the

teachers individually and as a group, he tried to give them all of his attention and focus.

By paying close attention to the teachers’ words and body language, he was able to pick

up on more subtle areas of frustration, confusion or concern and think about how to

address them. Through this ethic of presence, the researcher believed he earned the

respect o f the teachers; they knew that he was concerned and listening to them and that

his priority was to make sure they felt supported throughout the entire program.

A third theme that emerged was the importance of praise as a leadership habit to

initiate and sustain a leadership project. Blase and Blase (2002) describe that praise is one

of the most essential habits for promoting teacher growth. To maintain the teachers’ focus

and motivation as they struggled with the challenge of working with a mentee and

acquiring new information about second language development and integrating the

benchmarks and standards for English language learners, the researcher continually

praised the teachers and reminded them with one of these familiar phrases such as “This

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
219

is important work you are doing for kids” or “I appreciate all the work you are doing is

there something that I can help you with to lighten the load?” As the year progressed and

he was able to establish more trusting relationships with the teachers, they began to share

their successes and their challenges. The researcher distinctly remembered one encounter

with one teacher who shared an anecdote from her language arts class. She explained

how the monthly study group discussion around using multicultural texts helped her

consider choosing the class novel of Esperanza Rising. The teacher proudly explained

how her mentee and other native Spanish-speaking students were so engaged into the

book because they could explain the Spanish words written in italics in the novel and

personally relate to the diverse themes in the novel. There were also many other

circumstances where the researcher used thank you cards and wrote notes of

encouragement to follow-up teachers’ successes. In summary, conducting this study

proved conclusively that a leader can never bestow enough praise to support teachers

who are willing to take risks and reflect and consider altering their instructional practice

based on what is best for students. Heifetz (1994) explains that one of the reasons why

people fail to address adaptive problems is because of the “distress provoked by the

problem and the changes it demands” (p.37). As a result, the person’s patterned response

is a “work avoidance mechanism” where they deny the problem which helps them feel

less stressful than facing and taking responsibility for a complex challenge (p.37) The use

of continual praise and being attentive to the teachers’ needs were strategies that helped

ensure that the teachers did not avoid the work and relinquish their participation in the

study group.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
220

The fourth theme that emerged from this leadership project was the importance of

teamwork and collaboration in organizing and sustaining a leadership project. One

essential resource was Esta Montano, the Director of Equity and Achievement. Her

experience leading professional development around issues of race, culture and language

was instrumental in co-planning the study group meetings. She also attended the

meetings and helped the researcher debrief the salient issues discussed during the

meetings. Her experience with organizing student affinity groups also was important in

assisting with recruiting three high school students to speak to the teachers. Dr. Sara

Hamerla, Assistant Director of the ESL/Bilingual/Sheltered English program and Esta

Montano both helped the researcher with reviewing and piloting the questions utilized in

teacher questionnaires and interviews. Juan Rodriguez, the school principal, Dr. Susan

McGilvray-Rivet, the Director of the ESL/Bilingual/Sheltered English program, Nancy

Sprague, Director of Curriculum and Instruction and Dawn P. Mendelsohn, Director of

Community Resource Development, also supported the professional development

program by listening to the researcher’s ideas and providing support with school and

district resources. Furthermore, the teachers in the study group also contributed to the

direction and sustainability of the program; the teachers’ feedback during the December

interviews to refocus the direction of the monthly meetings was just one example of how

they took shared ownership of the study group.

The last theme was the importance of utilizing different personal coping

strategies to manage the emotional and mental challenge of leading a professional

development project. There were numerous times during the project when the researcher

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
221

became frustrated about particular aspects of the program. There were moments when the

teachers in the study group complained about the quantity of work required in the

program and expressed concerns about the lack of meeting time with their mentees.

Sometimes this criticism would sting the researcher for a day or two. He learned to avoid

retreating to his office. Instead, he visited sixth grade classrooms and worked with

students. The enthusiasm and excitement for learning demonstrated by the sixth graders

re-energized the researcher and gave him the strength to continue on. He also learned to

resist the natural instinct to avoid a couple of the more critical members of the study

group. His mentor, Dr. James Marini, taught him the importance of “rolling up your

sleeves and taking on the heat.” The researcher would go to check in with these teachers

more frequently and try to recognize with praise and support the work they were doing

and at the same time listen to their daily concerns. He tried his best to speak back their

concerns and he took an approach that challenged teachers to work together to come up

with solutions. He tried not to take these rebuffs personally. However, when the

researcher got “bruised” from certain conversations he took extra time to eat a quiet

lunch, or left work early to enjoy his family. These routines helped reinvigorate the

researcher to go back to the work with renewed energy and confidence the next day.

CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

The number of English language learners as a percentage of students in U.S.

public schools continues to rise at a staggering rate. According to Fix & Passel (2003),

10.5 million children of immigrants comprise 19% of all school children in K-12

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
222

education and projections suggest that children of immigrants will make up 30% of the

total school population by 2015. In 2001-2002, more than 4.7 million school-age

children were considered Limited English Proficient (Echevarria, Vogt, & Short, 2004).

Despite this dramatic increase in the number of English language learners, there is only a

very small proportion of K-12 teachers who have received any type of professional

development targeted for English language learners. And consequently, these teachers’

instructional practices for English language learners are largely the same that they use

for teaching native English speakers (Macias, 1998; Menken & Antunez, 2001).

The problem is that English language learners require instruction that not only

improves their content knowledge as is required for a native English speaker, but also

receive instruction that provides opportunities for them to develop their academic

language abilities for reading, writing, speaking and listening. This development of

language is critical for these students to be able to experience success with the academic

rigors required in high school, college and beyond in the professional work world. For

example, Sum et al. (2005) concluded, “the link between a person’s ability to speak

English and their ability to succeed in the Massachusetts economy is clear and

indisputable” (p. 10). Also, according to the National Center for Education Statistics

(2001) one of the conclusions was that adults who are not fluent and literate in English

are “less likely to be employed and when they are employed they earn lower wages than

individuals who are fluent and literate in English” (p. 120).

Unfortunately, the data from state and national standardized assessments clearly

show that English language learners are not experiencing academic success. They

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
223

perform lower on state and national standardized assessments, and experience much

higher school dropout rates (Snow and Biancarosa, 2003). In a more recent report,

Sullivan et. al (2005) found that the cumulative pass rate of English language learners in

Massachusetts was 18 percentage points lower than all other students as a whole

according to 2003-2004 test data. Another way to describe this situation is that there is a

lack of equity in the U.S. public education system: there is one system that is designed to

benefit the needs of native-English speakers, but the English language learners who have

other sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs are being “left behind” and are not

receiving the appropriate education that should be afforded them in U.S. public schools.

The researcher concludes that English language learners’ opportunity to learn in

K-12 schools and later their opportunity to flourish and partake in the benefits of the

global-knowledge economy of today’s professional world has been severely impeded

because of the lack of trained teachers who have a limited or no understanding of the

needs of English language learners and who do not utilize effective instructional

strategies that are geared towards improving English language learners’ content

knowledge and academic language development.

This case study assessed the effectiveness of one school’s attempt to implement a

professional development program training mainstream teachers to better address the

sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language learners. The

professional development program called the English Language Learner Study Group

centered on three dimensions of training: formal classroom training, monthly study group

meetings and participation in an English language learner mentoring program. The

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
224

evidence from the case study showed that the program deeply enriched the teachers’

understanding of the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language

learners, and improved in a limited degree the teachers’ perceptions of their use of

effective instructional strategies for English language learners. The mentoring meetings

were important in the lives of the teachers and their students; the participants became

better teachers because they developed a deeper respect for the needs of the students and

this respect translated into a sharper focus in their teaching. In addition, the mainstream

teachers explained that because of their improved understanding of the students, they felt

they were able to develop stronger relationships and these relationships helped them

become better teachers.

Also, while the researcher acknowledges that one must be cautious about drawing

conclusions about student achievement in a one-year study, part of the findings showed

that seven of the eight mentees achieved higher grade point averages (as compared to the

year before without the mentor) and all eight mentees self reported that they benefited

from the relationships from their mentors and they would recommend participation in the

program to other students.

The educational research clearly shows that there needs to be more mainstream

teachers who receive professional development targeting the needs of English language

learners if school districts are serious about “closing the achievement gap” between

English language learners and native English speakers. One out of every five students in

U.S. public school classrooms is an English language learner and in urban schools, the

proportion of English language learners is even higher (Fix & Passel, 2003). Because of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
225

this rising population of students, it is the responsibility of every teacher in public school

from kindergarten through twelfth grade to participate in some level of training to

understand the sociocultural, linguistic and instructional needs of English language

learners and be introduced to instructional strategies shown to be effective with

increasing the academic achievement and academic language development of English

language learners.

Also, federal and state policy makers must dedicate the resources to assist districts

with offering effective professional development training courses that target English

language learners. For instance, the Massachusetts Department of Education has initiated

a Sheltered Content Instruction Professional Development program that is comprised of

training that encompasses four categories of skills and knowledge of sheltered instruction

and second language development for English language learners. The Department of

Education offers workshops so school districts can send a few key people to learn the

strategies and return to the district to train others. This model makes it easier for districts

so they don’t have to develop the professional development on their own. State boards of

education in the states where there exist large English language learner populations

should consider replicating this Massachusetts model. Furthermore, because English

language learners are now attending schools all over the United States, state boards of

education across the country should offer professional development opportunities so that

teachers who may have only a small number of English language learners still have

access to essential training.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
226

At the district and school levels, it is critical that the superintendent endorse the

importance of professional development targeting the needs of English language learners

as one of the specific action steps for pursuing a district goal of “closing the achievement

gap.” The superintendent working closely with the principals should make sure that over

a defined period of time all of the teachers in the district participate in formal classroom

training and can demonstrate the skills and knowledge in utilizing effective instructional

strategies for improving the academic achievement of English language learners.

At the school level, it is important that the principal and the school leadership

team send a strong message to the school’s faculty and staff about the importance of

training by planning a team of teachers and members of the leadership team to participate

jointly in professional development training and then strategize together on how to share

the training experience with the rest of the school staff. Also, the school’s leadership

team should use on-going job-embedded professional development time for providing

opportunities of planned collaboration between the school’s ESL teachers and the

mainstream teachers so both groups of teachers share materials and establish on-going

conversations around teaching and learning of English language learners.

In conclusion, there is no excuse for local districts or schools to ignore the

importance of increasing teachers’ skills and knowledge of educating English language

learners. The stakes are too high for the students who drop-out of school or don’t

graduate with the necessary skills to participate and prosper in today’s global knowledge

economy. The findings from this case study show how a teacher professional

development program dramatically improved teachers’ understanding of the needs of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
227

English language learners and improved their instruction. The challenge for policy

makers and educational leaders is to find ways to support and encourage all teachers to

become more knowledgeable about the needs of English language learners by adopting

educational policies that encourage consistent and thorough job-embedded professional

development.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
228

REFERENCES

Adger, C, Snow, C.E., & Christian, D. (2002). What teachers need to know about
language. McHenry, IL: Center for Applied Linguistics and Delta Systems
Company, Inc.

Adelman, C., Jenkins, D., & Kemmis, S. (1983). “Rethinking Case Study: Notes form the
Second Cambridge Conference.” In Case Study: An Overview. Case Study
Methods 1 (Series). Victoria, Australia: Deakin University Press.

Albus, D., Thurlow, M., & Liu, K. (2002). 1999-2000 participation and performance o f
English language learners reported in public state documents and web sites (LEP
Projects Report 3). Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, National Center
on Educational Outcomes.

Alexander, K & Alexander, M.D. (2005). American Public School Law. (6th. Ed).
Belmont, CA: Thomson West.

American Association of School Administrators (n.d.). AASA 'S Statement o f Ethics for
School Administrators. Retrieved January 28, 2005, from
http://www.aasa.org/about/ethics.htm

Anderson, E.M. & Shannon, A.L. (1995). Toward a conceptualization of mentoring. In T.


Kerry, & A.S. Mayes (Eds.), Issues in mentoring (pp.25-34). London and New
York: Routledge.

Anstrom, K. (1997). “Academic achievement for secondary language minority students:


standards, measures and promising practices.” Washington DC: National
Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education. Retrieved February 1, 2005, from
http://www.ncela.gwu.edu/pubs/reports/acadach.htm

August, D., & Hakuta, K. (Eds.). (1997). Improving schooling fo r language-minority


children: A research agenda. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Bartolome, L.I. (2002). Creating an equal playing field: Teachers as advocates, border
crossers, and cultural brokers. In Z. F. Beykont (Ed.), The power o f culture:
Teaching across language difference (pp. 167-192). Cambridge, MA: Harvard
Education Publishing Group.

Battistich, V., Solomon, D., Watson, M., & Schaps, E. (1997). Caring school
communities. Educational Psychology 32, 137-51.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
229

Berman, P., Minicucci, C., McLaughlin, B., Nelson, B., & Woodworth, K. (1995). School
reform and student diversity: Case studies o f exemplary practices fo r English
language learner students. Santa Cruz, CA: National Center for Research on
Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning, and B.W. Associates.

Berriz, B.R. (2000). Raising children’s cultural voices: Strategies for developing literacy
in two languages. In Z. F. Beykont (Ed.), Lifting every voice: Politics and
pedagogy o f bilingualism (pp.71-94). Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education
Publishing Group.

Beykont, Z.F. Introduction. In Z.F. Beykont (Ed.), The power o f culture: Teaching
across language difference (pp. vii-xxxvi). Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education
Publishing Group.

Birchak, B., Connor, C., Crawford, M., Kahn, L., Kaser, S., Turner, S., & Short, K.G.
(1998). Teacher study groups: Building community through dialogue and
reflection. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English.

Blase, J., & Blase, J. (1998). Handbook o f instructional leadership: How really good
principals promote teaching and learning. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

Brisk, M. E., Dawson, M., Hartgering, M., MacDonald, E., & Zehr, L. (2002). Teaching
bilingual students in mainstream classrooms. In Z. F. Beykont (Ed.), The power o f
culture: Teaching across language difference (pp. 89-120). Cambridge, MA:
Harvard Education Publishing Group.

Brisk, M. E., & Harrington, M. M. (2000). Literacy and bilingualism: A handbook for all
teachers. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Brooks, J., & Brooks, M. (1993). The case far constructivist classrooms. Alexandria, VA:
Association for Supervision and. Curriculum Development

Brown, C. A., Smith, M.S & Stein, M.K. (1995, April). Linking teacher support to
enhanced classroom instruction. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the
American Educational Research Association, New York.

Brown, J.S., Collins, A., Duguid, P. (1989). Situated cognition and the culture of
learning, Educational Researcher, 18(1), pp.34-41.

Bryne, C.J. (1983). Teacher knowledge and teacher effectiveness: A literature review,
theoretical analysis and discussion o f research strategy. Paper presented at the
meeting of the Northwestern Educational Research Association, Ellenville, NY.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
230

Calderon, M. & Carreon, A. (1994), Educators and Students use Cooperative learning to
become biliterate and bicultural. Cooperative Learning Magazine, 4, 6-9.

Calderon, M., Hertz-Lazarowitz, R., & Slavin, R. (1998). Effects of bilingual cooperative
integrated reading and composition on students making the transition from
Spanish to English reading. The Elementary School Journal 99(2), 153-65.

Calderon, M., Tinajero, J., & Hertz-Lazarowitz, R. (1992). Adaptive cooperative


integrated reading and composition on students making the transition from
Spanish to English. Journal o f Educational Issues o f Language Minority Students
10, 79-106.

California State Department of Education. (1982). Basic Principles fo r the Education o f


Language Minority Students, An Overview. Sacramento: Office of Bilingual
Bicultural Education.

Carey, K.(2004). The real value of teachers: Using new information about teacher
effectiveness to close the achievement gap. The Education Trust, 8, 3-42.

Carrad, L. (2002). Policy developments in mentoring and volunteering, in Mentoring,


Citizenship and the Community: Report of the third annual conference of the
London Mentoring Network, (ed) A.D. London: Millar, Learning Skills council.

Carrasquillo, A. L. & Rodriguez, V. (1996). Language minority students in the


mainstream classroom. Philadelphia, PA: Multilingual Matters.

Cazden, C., & Mehan, H. (1990). Principles from sociology and anthropology: Context,
code, classroom, and culture. In M. Reynolds (Ed.), Knowledge base fo r the
beginning teacher (pp. 47-57). Washington, DC: American Association of
Colleges for Teacher Education.

Chamot, A. U., O'Malley, J. M., & Kiipper, L. (1992). Building bridges: Content and
learning strategies fo r ESL students, Books 1, 2, and 3. Boston, MA: Heinle &
Heinle.

Chamot, A. U., and J. M. O'Malley (1994). The CALLA Handbook: Implementing the
cognitive academic language learning approach. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Clair, N., Adger, C. T., Short, D., & Millen, E. (1998). “Implementing standards with
English language learners: Initial findings from four middle schools.” Providence,
RI: Northeast and Islands Regional Educational Laboratory at Brown University.
Retrieved April 15, 2005, from
http://www.alliance.brown.edu/pubs/implementing/imp-std.pdf

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
231

Clair, N. & Adger, C.T. (1999, October) Professional Development for Teachers in
Culturally Diverse Schools October [Electronic version]. Center for Applied
Linguistics, Article EDO-FL-99-08. Retrieved July 20,2006 from
http://www.cal.org/resources/Digest/profdvpt.html

Cohen, D.K., and H. Hill (1997, April). Instructional policy and classroom performance:
the mathematics reform in California. Paper presented at the annual meeting of
the American Educational Research Association, Chicago.

Cohen, D.K., and H. Hill (1998, January). “State Policy and Classroom Performance:
Mathematics Reform in California.” Retrieved February 20, 2005, from
http://www.cpre.org/Publications/rb23.pdf

Comer, J. (1988). Educating poor minority children. Scientific American, 259 (5), 42-48.

Corson, D. (1995). Using English words. New York: Kluwer.

Cummins, J. (1981). The role of primary language development in promoting educational


success for language minority students, (pp. 3-49) In Office of Bilingual
Bicultural Education, Schooling and language minority students: A theoretical
framework. Sacramento: State Department of Education.

Cummins, J. (1984). Bilingualism and special education: Issues in assessment and


pedagogy. Clevedon, England: Multilingual Matters.

Cummins, J. (1996). Negotiating identities: Education fo r empowerment in a diverse


society. Los Angeles: California Association for Bilingual Education

Cummins, J. (2000). Language, power, and pedagogy: Bilingual children in the crossfire.
Clevedon, England: Multilingual Matters.

Cummins, J. (2005). Welcome to Dr. Cummins ’ ESL and Second Language Learning
Web! Retrieved February 1, 2005, from
http://www.iteachileam.com/cummins/index.htm

Dale, T., & Cuevas, G. J. (1992). Integrating mathematics and language learning. In P. A.
Richard-Amato & M. A. Snow (Eds.), The multicultural classroom: Readings for
content-area teachers (pp. 9-51). White Plains, NY: Longman.

Darling-Hammond, L. (1997). Doing what matters most: investing in quality


teaching. New York: Teachers College Press.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
232

Darling-Hammond, L. (2001). Standard setting in teaching: Changes in licensing,


certification, and assessment. Handbook o f research on teaching, V. Richardson
(ed.) 4th ed. Washington, D.C.: American Educational Research Association
(pages 751-776).

Darling-Hammond, L., and M. W. McLaughlin. (1995). "Policies That Support


Professional Development in an Era of Reform." Phi Delta Kappan 76, 8: 597-604.

Delpit, L. (1988). The silenced dialogue: Power and pedagogy in educating other
people’s children. Harvard Educational Review, 58(3), 280-298.

Delpit, L. (1995). Other’s people children: Cultural conflict in the classroom. New York:
New Press.

Doherty, R.W., Hilberg, R.S., Pinal, A., & Tharp, R.G. (2003). Five standards and
student achievement. NABE Journal o f Research and Practice 1(1), 1-24.

Dondero, G.M. (1997). Mentor: beacon of hope. Adolescence, 32, 881-886.

DuFour, R., & Eaker. R. (1998). Professional learning communities at work: Best
practices fo r enhancing student achievement. Bloomington, IN: National
Educational Service.

Echevarria, J., Vogt, M. & Short, D. (2004). Making content comprehensible fo r


English learners: The SIOP Model. 2nd ed. Needham Heights, MA: Pearson/Allyn
and Bacon.

Echevarria, J., Short, D., Powers, K. (2002). Using sheltered instruction to improve the
achievement o f English language learners. Manuscript in preparation.

Echevarria, J., Vogt, M. E., Short, D. (2000). Making content comprehensible fo r English
language learners: The SIOP model. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Elmore, R.F. (1997). Investing in teacher learning: Staff development and instructional
improvement at Community School District #2, NYC. [Electronic Version].
National College fo r Leadership

Elmore, R.F. (1997). The challenge of school variability: Improving instruction in New
York City’s Community District #2 [Electronic Version]. Consortium fo r Policy
Research in Education, 1-4.

Elmore, R.F. (2002). “Bridging the gap between standards and achievement: The
imperative for professional development in education.” Retrieved February 20,
2005, from http://www.ashankerinst.org/Downloads/Bridging Gap.pdf

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
233

Elmore, R.F. (2003) Knowing the right thing to do: School improvement and
performance based accountability. Washington DC: NGA for Best Practices.

Elmore, R.F. (2005). Accountable leadership. The Educational Forum, Winter 2005 (69),
138.

Faltis, C.J. & Wolfe, P. (1999). Gender and ideology in secondary ESL and bilingual
classrooms. In C.J. Faltis & P. Wolfe (Eds.), So much to say: Adolescents,
Bilingualism & ESL in the secondary school (pp. 83-104). New York: Teachers
College Press.

Farmer, D. (1999). Mentoring: Meeting the needs o f gifted students in regular classrooms
(video/booklet).

Fillmore, L.W. (1991). Second language learning in children: A model of language


learning in social context. In E. Bialystok (Ed.), Language processing by
bilingual children (pp. 49-69). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Fillmore, L.W. & Snow, C., (2002). What teachers need to know about language. In C.
Adger, C.E. Snow, & D. Christian (Eds.), What teachers need to know about
language (pp. 7-54). McHenry, IL: Center for Applied Linguistics and Delta
Systems Company, Inc.

Fix, M., & Passel, J. (2003, January). U.S. immigration: Trends & implications for
schools. Paper presented at the meeting of the NCLB Implementation Institute,
New Orleans, LA.

Freedman, M. (1992). The kindness o f strangers: Reflections on the mentoring movement,


Philadelphia: Public/Private Ventures.

Freeman, Y., Freeman, D. & Mercuri, S. (2002). Closing the achievement gap: How to
reach limited-formal-schooling and long-term English learners. New York:
Heinemann.

Freire, P. (1998). Teachers as cultural workers: Letters to those who dare teach. Boulder,
CO: Westview Press.

Fry, R. (2003). Hispanic youth dropping out o f U.S. schools: Measuring the challenge.
Washington, DC: Pew Hispanic Center.

Fulton-Scott, M.J., & Calvin, A.D. (1983). Bilingual multicultural education vs.
integrated and non-integrated ESL instruction. NABE Journal fo r the National
Association fo r Bilingual Education 7(3), 1-12.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
234

Garcia, O. (1999). Educating Latino high school students with little formal schooling. In
C.J. Faltis & P. Wolfe (Eds.), So much to say: Adolescents, Bilingualism & ESL in
the secondary school (pp. 61-82). New York: Teachers College Press.

Garet, M. S., Porter, A. C., Desimone, L., Birman, B. F., & Yoon, K. S. (2001). What
makes professional development effective? Results from a national sample of
teachers. American Educational Research Journal, 38 (4), 915-945. Retrieved
April 15, 2005, from http://aztla.asu.edu/ProfDevl .pdf

Gay, B. (2000). Keynote address to mentoring matters conference. National Mentoring


Network for the Home Office.

Gay, G. (2000). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and best practice.
Multicultural series. New York: Teachers College Press.

Gebhard, M., Austin, T., Nieto, S., & Willett, J. (2002). “You can’t step on someone
else’s words: Preparing all teachers to teach language minority students. In Z.F.
Beykont (Ed.), The power o f culture: Teaching across language difference (pp.
219-244). Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Publishing Group.

Genesee, F. & Riches, C. (2006). Literacy: Instructional Issues. In F. Genesee, K.


Lindholm-Leary, W.M. Saunders, & D. Christian (Eds.), Educating English
language learners: A synthesis o f research evidence (pp. 109-175). New York:
Cambridge University Press.

Gibbons, P. (2003). "Mediating Language Learning: Teacher Interactions with ESL


Students in a Content-Based Classroom." TESOL, 37(2): 247-273.

Golden, S. & Sims, D. (1997). Review o f Industrial Mentoring in Schools, National


Foundation for Educational Research, Slough.

Goleman (1990) Compassion and comfort in middle age: new research finds a flowering
of lives marked by generosity and deeper relationship, New York Times, 6
February.
Goleman, Daniel. (1995). Emotional Intelligence. New York: Bantam.

Gomez, R. Parker, R., & Lara-Alecio, R. (1996). Process versus product writing limited
English proficient students. The Bilingual Research Journal 20(2), 209-33.

Gonzalez, J.M., & Darling-Hammond, L. (1997). New concepts fo r new challenges:


Professional development fo r teachers o f immigrant youth. McHenry, IL: Delta
Systems and CAL.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
235

Gonzalez, J.M. & Darling-Hammond, L. (2000, December). Programs that prepare


teachers to work effectively with student learning English. ERIC Digest.
Washington, DC: ERIC Clearinghouse on Languages and Linguistics. (ERIC
Document Reproduction Service No.. EDO-FL-00-09)

Goodlad, S (1995) Students as Tutors and Mentors. Kogan Page: London, England.

Goodrich, Heidi. Just what is a rubric? Retrieved January 16, 2007, from
http ://www.middle web. com/C SLB2rubric .html

Greenspan, A. (February 2005) “Testimony of Chairman Alan Greenspan.” Retrieved


March 10, 2005, from
http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/hh/2005/februarv/testimony.htm

Guarino, A.J., Echevarria, J., Short, D., Schick, J.E., Forbes, S., & Rueda, R. (2001). The
Sheltered Instruction Observation Protocol. Journal o f Research in Education, 11,
(1), 138-140.

Guba, E.G. & Lincoln, Y.S. (1981). Effective Evaluation. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Hamayan, E. V. (1990) Helping language minority students after they exit from
bilingual/ESL programs: a handbook fo r teachers. Washington, DC: National
Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.

Heath, S.B. (1983). Ways with words. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Heifetz, R. A. (1994). Leadership without easy answers. Cambridge, MA: Harvard


University Press.

Hickok, E. (2002). No Child Left Behind: A Desktop Reference. Washington, DC: U.S.
Department of Education, Office of Elementary and Secondary Education.
Retrieved April 15, 2005, from
http://www.cenmi.org/uploaded%5C2003%5CMAY%5C20118002736 NCLBref
.pdf

Hilberg, R. S., Tharp, R. G., & DeGeest, L. (2000). The efficacy of CREDE’s standards-
based instruction in American Indian mathematics classes. Equity and Excellence
in Education, 33(2), 32-39.

Homberger, N.H. (1996). “Remember I Said”: Cambodian students’ second language


literacy development in a mainstream classroom. In Z.F. Beykont (Ed.), The
power o f culture: Teaching across language difference (pp. 73-88). Cambridge,
MA: Harvard Education Publishing Group.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
236

Lampe, J.R., Rooze, G.E., & Tallent-Runnels, M. (1996) Effects of cooperative among
Hispanic students in elementary social studies. Journal o f Educational Research,
8, 187-191

Lieberman, A. (Ed.). (1995). The work o f restructuring schools. New York: Teachers
College Press.

Jonassen, D.H. (1994). Thinking technology: Toward a constructivist design model.


Educational Technology 34(4), 34-37.

Johnson, D.W. & Johnson, R.T. (1999). Building Community through Cooperative
Learning. Theory into Practice. 38(2), 67-73.
Kenny, W.R., & Grotelueschen, A.D. (1980). Making the case fo r case study. Urbana, IL:
Office for the Study of continuing Professional Education, College of Education
University of Illinois, Urbanc-Champaign.

Lampe, J.R., Rooze, G.E., & Tallent-Runnels, M. (1996) Effects of cooperative among
Hispanic students in elementary social studies. Journal o f Educational Research,
8, 187-191

Lapkoff, S. & Li, R.M. (2007). Five trends for schools. Educational Leadership, 64(6),
8-15.

Latinos in education: Early childhood, elementary, undergraduate, graduate. (1999).


Washington DC: White House Initiative on Educational Excellence for Hispanic
Americans. Retrieved on June 20, 2002 from
http://www.ed.gov/offices/OHA/Hispanic/n7ech.html.

Lauland, A. (1998). Yes, You Can: A guide fo r establishing mentoring programs to


prepare youth fo r college. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education.

Lindholm-Leary, K. (2001). Dual language education. Avon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Lindholm-Leary, K. & Borsato, G. (2006). Academic Achievement. In F. Genesee, K.


Lindholm-Leary, W.M. Saunders, & D. Christian (Eds.), Educating English
language learners: A synthesis o f research evidence (pp. 176-222). New York:
Cambridge University Press.

Loucks-Horsley, S., Love, N., Stiles, K., Mundry, S.E., & Hewson, P.W. (2003).
Designing professional development fo r teachers o f science and mathematics (2nd
ed.). New York: Corwin Press.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
237

Lucas, T., Henze, R., & Donato, R. (1990). Promoting the success of Latino language
minority students: An exploratory study of six high schools. Harvard Educational
Review 60(3), 315-40.

Macias, R. F. (1998). Summary report o f the survey o f the states’ limited English
proficient students and available educational programs and services, 1996-1997.
Washington, DC: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.

Macias, R. F. (2000). The flowering of America: Linguistic diversity in the United States.
In S.L. McKay & S. C. Wong (Eds.), New immigrants in the United States:
Readings fo r second language educators (pp. 11-57). Cambridge, Eng.:
Cambridge University Press.

Marzano, R. J., Pickering, D. J. & Pollock, J. E. (2001). Classroom instruction that


works : Research-based strategies fo r increasing student achievement. Alexandria,
VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Marzano, R. J. (2003). What works in schools translating research into action.


Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Massachusetts Department of Education. (2004). Coordinated Program Review


Procedures School District Information Package: M.G.L. Chapter 71A English
Learner Education (ELE) in Public Schools, 2004-2005.

Massachusetts Department of Education (2003). English Language Learners Attachment


#1- Description o f MADOE SEI Professional Development Opportunities for
2005-2006. Retrieved April 15, 2005, from
http://www.doe.mass.edu/ell/sei/attachl.html

Massachusetts Department of Education (2003). English Language Proficiency


Requirements fo r Teachers under Question 2 .English Language Education in
Public Schools, 2003.. Retrieved April 15, 2005 from
http://www.doe.mass.edu/ell/0327profreq.html

Massachusetts Department of Education (June 2003). English language proficiency


benchmarks and outcomes. Retrieved March 10, 2005, from
http://www.doe.mass.edu/ell/benchmark.pdf

Massachusetts Department of Education (August 2003). Questions and Answers


Regarding Chapter 71A: English Language Education in Public Schools.
Retrieved March 10, 2005, from
http://www.doe.mass.edu/ell/news03/FAQ drft.pdf

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
238

Massachusetts Department of Education (August 2003). M.G.L. c. 71A: School District


Program Waivers fo r English Learners, Requirements and Procedures. Retrieved
March 10, 2005, from http://www.doe.mass.edu/ell/news03/waiverfrm drft.pdf

Maxwell-Jolly, J. & Gandara, P. (2002). A quest for quality: Providing qualified teachers
for California’s English learners. In Z. F. Beykont (Ed.), The power o f culture:
Teaching across language difference (pp. 43-70). Cambridge, MA: Harvard
Education Publishing Group.

McLeod, B. (Ed.). (1994). Language and learning: Educating linguistically diverse


students. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

McDonnell, L.M. & Hill, P. (1993). Newcomers in American schools: Meeting the
educational needs o f immigrant youth. Santa Monica: Rand.
McGroarty, M. (1992). Cooperative Learning: The Benefits for Content-Area Teaching.
In P.A. Richard-Amato & M.A. Snow. The Multicultural Classroom. White
Plains, New York: Longman.

McLaughlin, B., August, D., Snow, C.E., Carlo, M., Dressier, C., White, C., Lively, T., &
Lippan, D. (2000). Vocabulary improvement and reading in English language
learners: An intervention study. Proceedings

Mehan, H. (1979). Learning lessons. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Mehan, H., Hubbard, L., Lintz, A., & Villanueva, I. (1994). Tracking untracking: The
consequences o f placing low track students in high track classes. (Research
Report No. 10). Santa Cruz, CA: National Center for Research on Cultural
Diversity and Second Language Learning.

Menken, K. and Antunez, B. (2001, June). An overview o f the preparation and


certification teachers working with limited English proficient (LEP) students:
Washington, DC: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.

Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case study applications in education.


San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, Inc.

Merriam, S. B. (Ed.). (2001). The New Update on Adult Learning Theory. New
Directions fo r Adult and Continuing Education, No. 89. San Francisco: Jossey-
Bass.

Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded


sourcebook (Second Ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
239

Miller, A. D. (1998). Business and community mentoring in schools (Research Report no


43) Sheffield, England: DFEE.

Miller, A. D. (2002). Mentoring students and young people: a handbook o f effective


practice. London, England: Kogan Page.

Minicucci, C. (1996). Learning science and English: How school reform advances
scientific learning fo r limited English proficient middle school students
(Educational Practice Report No. 17). Santa Cruz, CA: National Center for
Research on Cultural Diversity and Second Language Learning.

Moll, L.C. (1992). Bilingual classrooms studies and community analysis: Some recent
trends. Educational Researcher, 21(2), 20-24.

Moll, L.C. & Diaz, R. (1987). Teaching writing as communication: The use of
ethnographic findings in classroom practice. In D. Bloome (Ed.), Literacy and
schooling (pp. 55-65). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Montecel, M.R., & Cortez, J.D. (2002). Successful bilingual education programs:
Development and the dissemination of criteria to identify promising and
exemplary practices in bilingual education at the national level. Bilingual
Research Journal 26, 1-22.

Murphy, C. & Lick, D. (2001). Whole-faculty study groups: Creating student-based


professional development. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

National Center for Education Statistics. (1995). Schools and staffing survey, 1993-94:
Overview o f the data fo r public, private, public charter and Bureau o f Indian
Affairs elementary and secondary schools. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of
Education.

National Center for Education Statistics. (1997). A profile ofpolicies and practices for\
limited English proficient students: Screening methods, program support, and
teacher training, 1993-94. Washington, DC: Department of Education.

National Center for Education Statistics (2001). English Literacy and Language
Minorities in the United States. Retrieved April 15, 2005, from
http://nces.ed.gov/pubs2001 /2001464 2.pdf

National Center for Education Statistics (2002). Schools and staffing survey, 1999-2000:
Overview o f the data fo r public, private, public charter, and Bureau o f Indian
Affairs elementary and secondary schools. (NCES 2002-313). Washington, DC:
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Educational Statistics.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
240

National Center for Education Statistics (2006). Schools and staffing survey, 2003-2004:
Overview o f the data fo r public, private, public charter, and Bureau o f Indian
Affairs elementary and secondary schools. (NCES 2006-313). Washington, DC:
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Educational Statistics.

National Commission on Teaching and America’s Future. (1996). What matters most:
Teaching fo r America’s future. New York: National Commission.

National Education Association (n.d.). Code o f Ethics o f the Education Profession.


Retrieved January 29, 2005, from
http ://ospiti web.indire.it/adi/CodeEtic/codenea.htm

NCLB. (n.d.). Retrieved April 15, 2005, from


http://www.ed.gov/nclb/overview/intro/guide/guide pg 12.html#history.

Nieto, S. (1999). Light in their eyes: Creating multicultural learning communities. New
York: Teachers College Press.

Nieto, S. (2000). Bringing bilingual education out of the basement, and other imperatives
for teacher education. In Z. F. Beykont (Ed.), Lifting every voice: Pedagogy and
politics o f bilingualism (pp. 187-208). Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education
Publishing Group.

Nieto, S. (2002). Language, culture and teaching: Critical perspectives fo r a new


century. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Novotney, L.C, Mertinko, E., Lange, J. & Baker, T.K. (2000). Juvenile mentoring
program: A progress review. Juvenile Justice Bulletin. Washington, DC: Office of
Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention.

O’Neil, J. (1995). On schools as learning organizations: A conversation with Peter Senge.


Educational Leadership, 52(7), 20-23.

Ovando, C. and Collier, V. (1998). Bilingual and ESL Classrooms: Teaching in


Multicultural Contexts. Boston: McGraw Hill.

Padron, Y. N., & Waxman, H. C. (1999). Classroom observations of the Five Standards
of Effective Teaching in urban classrooms with English language learners.
Teaching and Change, 7(1), 79-100.

Philips, S. (1983). The invisible culture: Communication in classroom and community on


the Warm Springs Indian reservations. Prospect Heights, NJ: Waveland.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
241

Piper, H. & Piper, J. (2000). Disaffected young people as the problem. Mentoring as the
solution. Education and work as the goal. Journal o f Education and Work, 13(1),
77-94.

Ramirez, J.D. (1992). Longitudinal study of structured English immersion strategy, early-
exit and late-exit transitional bilingual education programs for language-minority
children (Executive Summary). Bilingual Research Journal 16(1-2), 1-62.

Reeves, J. (2006). Secondary teacher attitudes toward including English-language


learners in mainstream classrooms. Journal o f Educational Research, 99(3), 131-
143.

Reiss, J. (2005). Teaching content to English language learners: Strategies fo r secondary


school success. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Renyi, J. (1996). “Teachers take charge of their learning: Transforming professional


development for student success.” New York: National Foundation for the
Improvement of Education. Retrieved April 15, 2005 from
http://www.nfie.org/publications/takecharge full.htm

Research base underlying Collaborative Strategic Reading. Retrieved June 20, 2006,
from http://www.state.ia.us/educate/ecese/tqt/tc/prodev/reading/research col-
strat-rdg.doc

Roberts, A. (2000). “Mentoring revisited: a phenomenological reading of the literature.”


Mentoring and Tutoring, 8 (2).

Roberts, S. & Pruitt, E. (2003). Schools as professional learning communities


Collaborative activities and strategies fo r professional development. Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Rodriguez, T.A. (2001). From the Known to the Unknown: Using Cognates to Teach
English and Spanish-Speaking Literates. Reading Teacher. 54 n8, 744-46.

Ruiz-de-Velasco & Fix, (2000). Overlooked and underserved: Immigrant students in U.S.
secondary schools. Washington, DC: Urban Institute.

Sanders, W.L. & Rivers, J.C. (1996). Cumulative and residual effects o f teachers on
future student academic achievement. Knoxville, TN: University of Tennessee.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
242

Saunders, W., O’Brien, G., Lennon, D., & McLean, J. (1998). Making the transition to
English literacy successful: Effective strategies for studying literature with
transition students. In R. Gersten & R. Jimenez (Eds.), Promoting learning for
culturally and linguistically diverse students. Monterey, CA: Brooks Cole
Publishers.

Schleppegrell, M. J. (2004). The language of schooling: A functional linguistics


perspective. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Retrieved from: periodic newsletter for TESOL members
http://www.tesol.Org//s tesol/article.asp?vid=163&DID=6753&sid=l&cid=736&
iid=671 6&nid=3077 on August 15, 2006.

Senge, P. (1990). The fifth discipline: The art and practice o f the learning organization.
New York: Doubleday.

Sergiovanni, T. (2005). The Educational Forum, Winter 2005 (69).

Schifter, D. (1996). What's Happening in the Mathematics Classroom: Issues o f Practice


in Teacher Narratives from the Mathematics Reform Movement (Vol. 1). New
York, NY: Teachers College Press.

Short, D. (1998). “Secondary newcomer programs: Helping recent immigrants prepare


for school success.” Washington, D.C.: ERIC Clearinghouse on Languages and
Linguistics. Retrieved April 15, 2005 from
http://repositories.cdlib.org/crede/occrpts/eric 98 03 newcomer/

Short, D. (1999). Integrating language and content for effective sheltered instruction
programs. In C.J. Faltis & P. Wolfe (Eds.), So much to say: Adolescents,
Bilingualism & ESL in the secondary school (pp. 105-138). New York: Teachers
College Press.

Short, D. & Echevarria, J. (2004). Teacher skills to support English language


learners. Educational Leadership, 62, 5-9.

Silver, E. A., Kilpatrick, J., & Schlesinger, B. (1990). Thinking through mathematics.
New York: The College Entrance Examination Board.

Slavin, R.E., & Calderon, M. (2001). Effective programs fo r Latino students. Mahwah,
NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Snow, C. & Biancarosa, G. (2003) Adolescent literacy and the achievement gap: What do
we know and where do we go from here? Adolescent Literacy Funders Meeting
Report, Carnegie Corporation of New York.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
243

Songsthagen, L.L. & Lee, S. (1996). America’s most needed: real life heroes and
heroines. Schools in the Middle, February/March, 37-42.

Spaulding, S., Carolino, B., & Amen, K.A. (2004). Immigrants students and secondary
school reform: Compendium o f best practices. Boston: Council of Chief State
School Officers.

Sparks, D. & Hirsh, S. (1997). A new vision fo r staff development. Oxford, OH: National
Staff Development Council and Alexandria, YA: Association for Supervision and
Curriculum Development.

Spaulding, S., Barbara Carolino and Kali-Ahset Amen (January 2004). “Immigrant
Students and Secondary School Reform: Compendium of Best Practices.”
Washington DC: Council of Chief State School Officers (CCSSO). Retrieved
March 10, 2005, from
http:/Avww.ccsso.org/publications/details.cfm?PublicationsID=230

Stake, R.E. (1995). The art o f case study research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Starratt, R.J. (2003). Centering educational administration: Cultivating meaning,


community,responsibility. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.

Starratt, R.J. (2004). Ethical Leadership. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Strong, M. (1983). Social styles and the second language acquisition of Spanish-speaking
kindergartens. TESOL Quarterly, 17, 241-258.
Sullivan, P., Yeager, M., Chudowsky, N., Kober, N., O’Brien, E., & Gaylor, K. (2005).
State high school exit exams: States try harder but gaps persist. Washington, DC:
Center on Education Policy.

Suter, W.N. (1998). Primer o f educational research. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn and
Bacon.

The Massachusetts Institute For a New Commonwealth. (2005, June). The changing face
o f Massachusetts. Boston: Sum, A.M, Uvin, J., Khatiwada, I., & Ansel, D.

Tellez, K. (1998). Class placement of elementary school emerging bilingual students.


Bilingual Research Journal 22(2-4), 279-95.

Tharp, R. G. (1982). The effective instruction of comprehension: Results and description


of the Kamehameha Early Education Program. Reading Research Quarterly,
17(4), 503-527.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
244

Tharp, R. & Gallimore, R. (1988). Rousing minds to life: Teaching learning and
schooling in social context. New York: Cambridge University.

Tharp, R. G., Estrada, P., Dalton, S. S., & Yamauchi, L. (2000). Teaching transformed:
Achieving excellence, fairness, inclusion, and harmony. Boulder: Westview Press.

Thomas, W.P. & Collier, V.P. (1997). School effectiveness fo r language minority
students. National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education (NCBE) Resource
Collection Series, No. 9, December, 1997.

Thomas, W.P., & Collier, V.P. (2002). A national study of school effectiveness for
language minority students’ long-term academic achievement. Santa Cruz and
Washington, DC: Center on Research, Diversity & Excellence.

The road to a college diploma: The complex reality o f raising educational achievement
fo r Hispanics in the United States. (2002). Washington DC: White House
Initiative on Educational Excellence for Hispanic Americans. Retrieved on July
10, 2006 from http://www.vesican.gov/paceea/finalinterim.pdf.

Tikunoff, W. (1985). Applying significant bilingual instructional features in the


classroom. Rosslyn, VA: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education (ERIC
Document Reproduction Service No. ED 338106).

Title III: Language Instruction fo r Limited English Proficient and Immigrant Students.
(n.d.)., Retrieved March 10, 2005, from
http://www.ed.gov/policv/elsec/leg/esea02/pg39.html

Title VI o f the 1964 Civil Rights Act (n.d.). Retrieved April 15, 2005, from
http://www.usdoi.gov/crt/cor/coord/titlevistat.htm

Trueba, H. (1989). Raising silent voices: Educating the linguistic minorities fo r the 21st
century. New York: Newbury.

Van Hook, Jennifer and Michael Fix.(2000). “A Profile of Immigrant Children in U.S.
Schools.” Washington, D.C.: The Urban Institute.

Villegas, A. M. & Lucas, T. (2002). Educating culturally responsive teachers: A coherent


approach. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.

Vygotsky, L.S. (1978). Mind in society: The development o f higher psychological


process. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
245

Vygotsky, L.S. (1994). The development of academic concepts in school aged children.
In R v d Veer and J. Valsiner (Eds.), The Vygotsky reader. Oxford, England:
Blackwell.

Vygotsky, L.S. (1997) Educational psychology (R. Silverman, Trans.) Boca Raton, FL:
CRC Press. (Original work published in 1926)

Wiley, D., & Yoon, B. (1995). Teacher reports of opportunity to learn: Analyses of the
1993 California learning assessment system. Educational Evaluation and Policy
Analysis, 17(3), 355-370.

Yin, R.K. (1989). Case Study Research: Design and Method. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Yin, R.K. (1994). Case study research. Design and methods, Second Ed. Thousand Oaks,
CA: Sage Publications.

Zehler, A. M., Fleischman, H. L., Hopstock, P. J., Stephenson, T. G., Pendzick, M., &
Sapru, S. (2003). Descriptive study o f services to LEP students and LEP students
with disabilities. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Office of
English Language Acquisition, Language Enhancement, and Academic
Achievement of Limited English Proficient Students.

Zeichner, K. (1996). Educating teachers for cultural diversity. In K. Zeichner, S. Melnick,


& M.L. Gomez (Eds.), Current reform in preservice teacher education (pp.133-
175). New York: Teachers College Press.

Zeichner, K. (2003). Pedagogy, Knowledge, and Teacher Preparation. In B. Williams


(Ed.), Closing the achievement gap: A vision fo r changing beliefs, and practices
(Second Ed.). Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum
Development.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
246

A P P E N D IX A

INFORMED CONSENT FORM

To: English Language Learner (ELL) Study Group Member


From: John Harutunian
Re: Dissertation Project

As a member of the English Language Learner Study Group, you are being invited to
participate in a research project conducted by me under the supervision of Dr. Irwin
Blumer, chairperson of the Lynch School of Education at Boston College. This study
will provide data for my dissertation titled “A Case Study of the Impact of a Professional
Development Training Program on Teachers’ Understanding and Instructional Practices
Towards English Language Learners.” By participating in on-going professional
development targeting the needs of English Language Learners our school can collect and
assess some important data about the effectiveness of this professional development
program for future implementations at Nations Middle School and other public schools.

You are being invited to participate because, as middle school teachers, you are integrally
involved in the teaching and learning of English Language Learners. Additionally, you
represent a cross-section of our middle school faculty and have significant insights and
opinions regarding the effectiveness of a professional development program. Your
dedication, experience, and honesty contribute to the reality base of this research.

I , _____________________________________________________ , agree to participate in


the above titled study by consenting to complete a year-long teacher written journals,
questionnaires on components of the professional development sessions, and two
interviews conducted by the researcher. Each interview session will take approximately
45 minutes to complete. The interview will be conducted at a mutually agreeable time
and setting. I understand that the interview will be audio taped and transcribed by an
outside educational transcription service and that all comments will be kept confidential.
These tapes will be kept under lock and key in the researcher’s home office when not
being used by the researcher and will be erased after transcription and review. My name
or any features that could be used to identify me will not be used at any time in any
written materials the researcher maintains. In addition, if the researcher were to use any
material from this study in future publications or presentations, my identity will be
protected.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
247

A P P E N D IX A

I understand that my participation is voluntary and I may choose to withdraw at any time
and/or refuse to answer any question to which I do not wish to respond. Likewise, I may
choose to ask any question during or after my participation.

I understand that risk is involved to myself in participation in this research study in the
way of potential psychological discomfort when being interviewed and audio taped. I do,
however, recognize that my participation may assist the researcher to better understand
how the effectiveness of a professional development program assists teachers better
target the cultural, academic and linguistic needs of English Language Learners. This
research may provide our school and others with suggestions for organizing future
professional development and school improvement initiatives.

I further understand that observations of my class will be recorded using a field note
format. Again, anonymity will be protected by the use of a coding system. No reference
will be made to the identity of individuals in the presentation of written materials
connected with this research.

I also understand that documents including teacher written journals will be collected and
analyzed. Participant identities will again be protected in any presentation of these
materials. I understand that the researcher will make a copy of the findings and
conclusions available at the completion of the study.

If you have any questions about your rights as a participant in a research study, please
call the Boston College Office for Human Research Participant Protection: 617-552-
4778. If you would like to contact to either Dr. Irwin Blumer or I, please refer to the
following contact information below:

Dr. Irwin Blumer, Boston College John Harutunian, Boston College Principal
Faculty Advisor Researcher
Office Phone: 617-552-1956
Email: blumer (olbc.edu
Boston College Lynch School of
Education, Campion Hall 205A,
Chestnut Hill, MA 02467

Signature of Participant Researcher - John Harutunian

Date Date

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
248

A P P E N D IX B

ELL Study Group Teacher Survey


T eacher Name: Dalte:
1. Years of teaching experience in total?

2. Years o f experience at Nations Middle


School?

3. Teaching Status: Please identify if you


are a professional or non-professional
status teacher. If you are non­
professional, identify which year you
are for non-professional.
Example:
Harry is a non-professional status teacher in
year one.
4. Identify the name of your college, title College name:
of degree and name of major for your
Bachelor’s degree
Example: Degree title:
- University of Massachusetts,
- Bachelor’s of Business Administration
- Marketing Major:
5. Do you hold a Master’s degree? If so, College name:
please identify the name of your college,
title of degree and name of major for
your Master’s degree Degree title:
Example:
- University of Alabama
- Master of Arts in Education Major:
- Education
6. Please identify the step that applies:
Bachelor’s degree only
Master’s degree only
Master’s + 15 credits
Master’s + 30 credits
Master’s + 45 credits
Master’s + 60 credits
Ph.D. or CAGS
7. Years of experience teaching classes of
one or more English language learners
in a class at the same time?

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
249

A P P E N D IX B

ELL Study Group Teacher Survey

8. Did you speak a language other


than English in your home
growing up? (If so, please
identify home language.)

9. Have you studied a second


language? If so, which one?

10. Describe the years that you


studied this second language (#
in high school, # in college if
any)

11. Have you participated in a


language immersion or in a
language semester abroad
program in college?

12. Have you received any training


for teaching ELL students
outside of the professional
development at Nations Middle
School? (ex. Classes at college,
graduate school, professional
workshops), if so, please indicate
briefly about it.

13. Please describe any outside


experiences that you have
taught, coached or mentored
English language learners
outside a school context and
include the length of time you
participated in this experience.
cs for taking a few minutes to fill this out! t will be used as part of the data
collection process for this English Language Learner Study Group program.
Sincerely, John

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
250

A P P E N D IX C

Interview Protocol - December


Interview pilot week of 12.12 and Interviews conducted week of 12.19

Research Study Title:


A Case Study of the Impact of a Professional Development Training Program on
Teachers’ Understanding and Instructional Practices Toward English Language Learners

Major Research Questions:


1. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience
consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ understanding of the
instructional, sociocultural, and linguistic needs of English language learners?
2. What impact will a three-dimensional professional development experience
consisting of formal classroom training, mentoring and participation in English
language learner study group meetings have on the teachers’ perceptions of their
instruction?

Introduction to be read to each participant prior to the interview:


“I am conducting this interview to study the effectiveness of the professional
development incorporated as part of your participation in the English language learner
study group. This interview will have no affect on your evaluation and is completely
voluntary. Your name will not be identified. So, if someone was reading this they would
not be able to decipher who gave what responses.

By conducting this interview, I will be able to augment my own knowledge about what
you and the other study group participants’ perceptions of the implementation of the
professional development, the needs of English language learners and experiences with
English language learners as well as the instructional strategies that you utilize in regular
teaching practice. Remember that this is not an evaluation and your responses will be
kept strictly confidential. The purpose of this interview is to understand more deeply
about the effectiveness of the professional development and to try to refine it based on
the data that is collected from each of you through this interview and other reflections
that you share during the year. Therefore it is essential that your responses remain as
authentic and as forthright as possible.”

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
251

A P P E N D IX C

Interview Protocol - December

Cultural Background and Sociocultural needs:

1. How would you describe a classroom that is culturally and linguistically


responsive to the needs of students?

2. Based on the content area that you teach, describe how a student’s cultural
background relates to your classroom and teaching?

3. What strategies would you advise a new teacher to utilize to acknowledge a


student’s cultural background?

4. What are the strategies or actions that a teacher can take to lead to English
language learners taking more responsibility for their own learning and academic
achievement?

Linguistic Needs:

5. What are the strategies that you use to see if students understand reading content?

Instructional Strategies and Instructional Needs:

6. What do you see as the role of the teacher of English language learners outside
the classroom?

7. What instructional strategies would you advise a new teacher to consider if they
were going to take over your classroom with English language learners for an
extended period of time?

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
252

A P P E N D IX C

Interview Protocol - December

8. A summary of the research for raising the academic achievement for English
language learners recommends several instructional strategies including:
a) Activating prior knowledge that students have about a topic, lesson or
unit before teaching the new material and building the students’
background knowledge.
b) Utilizing strategies for teaching content vocabulary and academic
language.
c) Making concepts more easily understood for the learner with real
objects, manipulatives, visuals, and graphic organizers.
d) Utilizing specific grouping strategies for organizing planned
opportunities for interactions between all individuals in the classroom.
e) Helping students perceive the relationship of the content material from
parts to wholes, providing the tools to help them make explicit
connections between subject areas and between school life and home
life. (Knapp, M.S., P.M. Shields, and B.J. Turnbull. (June 1995).
“Academic Challenge in High Poverty Classrooms.” Phi Delta Kappan
76(10), pp. 770-776. - Teaching for Meaning)

If you use one or more of these strategies, could you describe with an example(s) how
you utilize it and describe how it helps increase the student’s academic achievement?

Teacher Empowerment:
9. Before your participation in the study group, describe your approach to addressing
the needs of the English language learners in your classroom?

10. Compare the similarities and differences of your expectations for the academic
achievement towards native English speakers and English language learners?

11. Describe the top two challenges you face as the teacher of English language
learners.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
253

A P P E N D IX C

Interview Protocol - December

12. Before your participation in the study group began, describe your experience level
teaching English language learners. Use this scale to help frame your response.

4 3 2 1
I am very I am experienced I have some I have little
experienced teaching teaching English experience teaching experience or no
English Language language learners; I English language teaching English
learners; I have a rich have a fair learners. I have basic language learners. I
understanding of understanding of understanding of am not aware o f
their linguistic and their linguistic and their linguistic and specific linguistic
instructional needs instructional needs instructional needs and instructional
and I frequently use a and I sometimes use and I once in a while needs and I am not
repertoire of strategies to address use strategies that aware of the
strategies to address their learning needs. address their learning strategies that
their learning needs. needs. address their learning
needs.

13. How would you assess your own professional growth with English language
learners thus far?

14. What information would you like to learn more about that would increase your
confidence in teaching English language learners during the upcoming study
group meetings?

Evaluation of professional development so far:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
254

A P P E N D IX C

Interview Protocol - December

Mentoring:

15. Now that you have mentored an English language learner for at least one month,
describe what you have learned regarding the factors that influence this student’s
academic achievement?

16. Describe what actions you have taken thus far to assist this student and assess its
impact.

DOE: Category I training: Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching

17. Explain how this training has informed your instructional practice of English
language learners.

DOE: Category III training: Assessment of Speaking and Listening

18. What are the advantages and challenges of using the Massachusetts English
Language Assessment-Oral?

19. Describe how this assessment informs your understanding of the linguistic needs
of English language learners.

20. Explain how this training has informed your instructional practice of English
language learners.

Monthly Study Group Meetings in September. October, and November and Study Group
in general

21. Describe what is one valuable aspect of the study group.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
255

A P P E N D IX D

Interview Protocol - June

Instructional Strategies and Instructional Needs:

1. Please describe at least two of the mentee’s academic weaknesses.

2. Explain with at least two examples what strategies or actions you took to help
your mentee improve in those skill areas and assess its effectiveness in improving
the mentee’s academic achievement.

3. Explain at least two strategies that you use to improve students’ understanding of
non-fiction reading content?

4. Please describe with a specific example one of the instructional strategies below
that you integrate into your instruction:
• Activating prior knowledge that students have about a topic, lesson or unit
before teaching the new material and building the students’ background
knowledge.
• Utilizing strategies for teaching content vocabulary and academic language.
• Making concepts more easily understood for the learner with real objects,
manipulatives, visuals, and graphic organizers.
• Utilizing specific grouping strategies for organizing planned opportunities
for interactions between all individuals in the classroom.
• Helping students perceive the relationship of the content material from parts
to wholes, providing the tools to help them make explicit connections
between subject areas and between school life and home life. (Knapp, M.S.,
P.M. Shields, and B.J. Turnbull. (June 1995). “Academic Challenge in High
Poverty Classrooms.” Phi Delta Kappan 76(10), pp. 770-776. - Teaching for
Meaning)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
256

A P P E N D IX D

Interview Protocol - June

Cultural Background and Sociocultural Needs:

5. Having spent the school year with your mentee, please describe the following:
a) Personal challenges of your mentee.
b) Linguistic strengths and weaknesses.
c) Please give at least one example of how you have tried to address
these needs.

Teacher Empowerment:
6. How has your role as the mentor affected you as a teacher of English language
learners?
(If the respondent struggles ask follow-up questions:
Describe how your instructional practice has been affected. Classroom delivery,
homework, assessment strategies)

7. Now that you have participated in the study group, describe your experience level
teaching English language learners. Use this scale to help frame your response.
1
I am very I am experienced I have some experience I have little
experienced teaching English teaching English experience or no
teaching English language learners; I language learners. I teaching English
Language have a fair have basic language learners. I
learners; I have a understanding o f their understanding o f their am not aware o f
rich linguistic and linguistic and specific linguistic
understanding o f instructional needs and instructional needs and and instructional
their linguistic I sometimes use I once in a while use needs and I am not
and instructional strategies to address strategies that address aware o f the
needs and I their learning needs. their learning needs. strategies that
frequently use a address their
repertoire o f learning needs.
strategies to
address their
learning needs.

8 . How have you grown professionally through participation in the ELL Study group
and as a mentor in the mentoring program?

9. Is there anything else that has not been addressed in this interview that you would
like to comment on regarding the study group, the mentoring program and/or
other feedback from this year?

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
257

A P P E N D IX E

Researcher Field Notes from English language learner Study Group Meeting
November 21, 2005
Important Reminder:
"This Tuesday, November 29, we all meet at the school, Room 16 at 8:00am for the M E L A -0 training. If
you are going to be late or if you get lost, please call ...

Meeting Participants:
Attended: Jackie, Harry, Lila, Lori, Barbara, Joan, Esta M., Carol B., John H.,
Absent: Lois, Karen
Make-up Meeting: 11/23/05 - Lois & Karen

Discussion:
John distributed the following information to assist mentors to continue meetings with their mentees
including:
a) RAP Survey for mentees - Please use the survey (it is on this email in case you lost it) to collect
from your mentee about why they are not participating in RAP and what it would take to get them
signed up for next term.
b) "“Goal Flower - All mentors noted down hat necessary steps need to take place in order for the
Mentee to achieve their goal. All mentors should work with their mentees in their next meeting to
use this template to talk about goals.
c) Human Subjects Consent Form - Study group members signed this form acknowledging their
wish to participate in the study.
d) Although the group didn’t have time to talk about the types o f activities that they are doing in their
meetings with their mentees, if you are stuck on creative ideas to do outside o f school, there is a
list below o f ideas at the end o f the minutes.

Issues Discussed:
Check-in with each mentor about their progress with their mentees.

Jackie - Many other students after school; extra demands. 10 o f 16 students have been placed on student
success plans so I don’t have the energy after teaching almost an extra hour each day to meet with her
individually after school. She seeks me out and often asks, “Can I have lunch with you today?”

Barbara - She is putting more effort into school and especially her homework. We have reviewed
techniques on different strategies to help her with her homework like use her friends to partner with to do
homework. Last week, she came to review for her science test. ... She is an honest girl, but she needs help.
When she is with me she seems to be able to drop her defensive shield. She seems to have a glow when she
meets with me and has my attention.

(Mentioned in hall on W eds-11.16 - “She seems to be like a Jeckel and Hyde personality. She wants so
badly to impress me and keep me happy. Today, she came up to me and said, “Look I finished everything!”
Until yesterday’s party (She skipped the party), she hadn’t forgotten an appointment. However, I found out
that after meeting with me one day, she went out and got in trouble for spreading graffiti in the back o f the
school.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
258

A P P E N D IX E

Researcher Field Notes from English language learner Study Group Meeting
November 21, 2005

Harry - I have learned that he loves to impress that he can do well. His goal was to finish his homework
completely and since the kick-off party last week, he has been doing it.

Joan - 1 met with her and she is not on a student success plan, but close to one. We met and reviewed how
she is doing in trimester 1; she seems to know how she is doing. We are going to meet to talk about the
essential questions that she wants to find out about her project.

Lori - I haven’t been able to catch up with the parents yet; they don’t seem to have a phone number that
they answer and they work until about 8 or 9pm. She stays with at a cousin’s house. She told me they don’t
get home until late two nights a week because they take adult ESL classes.. .Esta suggested Lori try to meet
with them at night and she agreed. As a result o f our meeting, Lori spoke to an adult ESL coordinator to
find out the classes that her parents attended and then returned at 6:30pm to find the parents and meet with
them. She found out many interesting pieces o f information about her and her home life.

Karen - I am feeling guilty because I haven’t met with Ronaldo and I am not sure what to do. I promised to
help her work out schedule with James during SSR to work on it.

Lois - I met with her for 45 minutes before the kick-off meeting, but I haven’t with her since. I need to
work on how to check in with her.

Activity Ideas for M entor and Mentee:


• Get an exercise video/DVD out o f the library work out after school.
• Participate in a volunteer activity with mentee.
• Find out about career interest o f mentee and help them investigate it.
• Have lunch during school.
• Use SSR time to have time to talk.
• Go for a walk after school.
• Go to the gym or wellness center.
• Read a book together; go to the public library together.
• Create email and/or phone contact with the mentee - consider a check-in phone callor email from
time to time.

ELL Study Group Issues in Process


a) Create M entor Bulleting board.
b) Print out color Kinko’s photos, collect Goal Flowers.
c) Develop web link which outlines activities for study group.
d) Arrange Parent-Student-M entor meetings during week o f 12/12 to 12/16.
e) Share day to day form from the teacher to measure more carefully the m entees’ progress towards
their academic goal.
f) Schedule mentor interview schedule from Wednesday, Dec 7 to Weds, Dec 21.

Organize Personal Culture Inventory Journal: Exploring Our Classroom Practices in preparation for first
mini-course during December study group meeting.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
259

APPENDIX F

Pre-Assessment Open-Ended Questionnaire

Massachusetts English Language Assessment-Oral

1. Describe the benefits of participant observation in assessing students’ oral language


skills.

2. Explain the method(s) that you use now to assess the oral English language skills of an
English Language Learner?

3. Describe at least three classroom activities that might give you the best opportunities to
observe students’ oral production and interaction.

4. How do you think an English Language Oral Assessment will help you improve your
classroom practice to increase student oral interaction?

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
260

APPENDIX F

Post-Assessment Open-Ended Questionnaire

Massachusetts English Language Assessment-Oral

1. Describe the benefits of participant observation in assessing students’ oral language


skills.

2. Explain the method(s) that you use now to assess the oral English language skills of an
English Language Learner?

3. Describe at least three classroom activities that might give you the best opportunities to
observe students’ oral production and interaction.

4. How do you think an English Language Oral Assessment will help you improve your
classroom practice to increase student oral interaction?

5. Describe what you have learned from this course that will help you use classroom
strategies to build your students’ oral proficiency?

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
261

A P P E N D IX G

Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching


THINK-BACK Activity

Date:_________________________________

Identify two ideas or concepts that you reviewed during the Introduction to Second
Language Learning and Teaching course from the Department of Education. For each
idea or concept please consider the following:

a) Briefly summarize the idea, concept or activity (one or two sentences)

b) Explain why it is important or how it has influenced your thinking, (one


paragraph)

c) Describe how the idea, concept or activity may (or may not) impact your
instruction, (one paragraph)

Idea 1:

Idea 2:

Please continue Idea #1 & 2 on back of this page if necessary.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
262

A P P E N D IX H

Questionnaire for January meeting, “Challenges growing up in a bilingual


cultural world”

1. Describe how this discussion helped you augment your own understanding about
students’ instructional, cultural and/or linguistic needs.

2. Describe how this discussion will help you in your own confidence with dealing
with the English language learners in your classes and as a teacher mentor.

3. Describe how this discussion might help you think about and change your
instructional practice.

4. Please share any other ideas and/or insights that you gained from this discussion.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
APPENDIX I
Below is an example of the questionnaire developed and distributed to participants
electronically using the software program, www. survevmonkev.com.

Survey Summary Page 1 (

■ B , ■ M a s ts ® . W KM
SurveyMonkey.com
\ \gj0i? because knowledge fs everything

Home ! New Survey . Lh List M anagem ent ; My Account Help Cen


T h u rsd ay , M arch 2 9 , 2C

R e S llltS S u m m a ry [ 2. W hen did you m e e t w ith y o u r m e n te e? | Export...

Filter Results S hare R esults


To analyze a su b set of your d ata, Your results can be shared with others,
you can create one or m ore filters. w ithout giving access to your account.

B M M Total: 11 C onfigure.. S ta tu s: Enabled


V isible: 11 R eports: S um m ary and Detail

2. Mentoring Program Logistics

2. When did you meet with your mentee?


Response Response
Percent Total
During p rep tim e 9 .1 % 1

During lunch 9 .1 % 1

A fter school 3 6 .4 % 4

B efore school 0% 0

Other (please specify) 45.5% 5

TotalRespondents 11

(skipped th is q u estio n ) 0

S u rveyM on k ev is Hiring! | Privacy S ta te m e n t | Contact Us | Logout


Copyright © 1 9 9 9 -2 0 0 6 S urveyM onkey.com . All R ights R eserv ed .
No portion Of this Site m a y be copied w ith o u t th e e x p re ss w ritten c o n s e n t o f S u rv e y M o n k e y .c o m .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
264

A P P E N D IX J

ELL Study Group Activities

Date/Session # Topics Teacher Follow-


Through
Activities/Homework
August 23 & 24 Department of Education Workshop: 1. Adapted
Introduction to Second Language Lesson Plan
Learning and Teaching for English
language
• Questionnaire #1: Feedback learners.
from Introduction to Second 2. Summary of
Language Learning and Class readings
Teaching

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
265

APPENDIX J

ELL Study Group Activities

August 25 Mentoring Workshop Participants come to


• Conduct initial survey. the mentoring
• Think-back activity to workshop having
Introduction to Second read:
Language Learning and
Teaching 1) Who are our
• Discussion of two summer students? by Aida
readings: Walqui
• Teacher Self-Reflection - Reading Reflection
discussion Question:
• Getting to know a child How do the stories of
• First-hand stories and some of the children
experiences of mentoring profiled in this
(Guest Speakers: Sybil chapter compare to a
Schlesinger and Juan student(s) on your
Rodriguez) team?
• Student goal-setting - How to
2) The Children o f
choose a goal and stick by it!
Immigration in
• Characteristics of a healthy
School by Suarez-
mentoring relationship
Orozco and Suarez-
• Anticipating potential
Orozco.
obstacles for a successful
mentoring relationship and
developing a support plan
• Criteria for choosing the right
student
• A mentor’s legal
responsibilities - What to
report and not to report and the
ethics of a mentor/student
relationship.
• View video: Educating
Linguistically and Culturally
______ Diverse Students by ASCD

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
266

A P P E N D IX J

ELL Study Group Activities

September Culture and Learning: They go Participants bring to


September session a list of
together two or three names of
• Considering culture and it’s students that they are
influence on teaching and considering to mentor and
personal survey data from
learning each of the students.
• Guest speaker will be invited
from Nations Middle School
guidance department to discuss
role of culture in academic
achievement.
• Suggestions for conducting a
successful student interview.
• Role-playing of student
interview
October Introduction to Mentoring II Read the Mentoring 101
background information.
• Defining roles - Considering
more carefully the role of the
mentor and the mentee.
November Connecting with the family Participants come to
November session having
• Preparing for mentor-mentee read Working with Parents -
Third Monday team building event. Cultural and Linguistic
of the month MELA-0 Training in November (1 & Considerations by M. Lee
Manning and Guang-Lee.
Vi days)
• Prepare for the training on the
Massachusetts English
Language Assessment - (Oral)
• Questionnaire #2: “Challenges
growing up in a bilingual
cultural world.”

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
267

A P P E N D IX J

ELL Study Group Activities

December Improving Instruction for English Participants bring to


December session a self­
Language Learners: Emphasis on Oral reflection sheet about their
Third Monday Interaction oral instruction practices.
of the month • Discuss the basics of sheltering
content.
• Managing interaction about
content
January Guest Visitors - Session I -
“Challenges growing up in a bilingual
cultural world.” Three English
language learners describe their
experiences growing up bilingual.
• Consider sociocultural needs
of the high school students and
how it applies to your students.
• Questionnaire #3 -
Questionnaire for lessons
learned from “Challenges
growing up in a bilingual
cultural world.”
February Parental Involvement-
• Understanding parental
Third Monday realities
of the month • Strategies that work and are
being done by current Nations
Middle School teachers.
• Strategies for engaging
immigrant families

March School-wide MCAS Preparation - No


ELL Study group meeting.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
268

A P P E N D IX J

ELL Study Group Activities

April Follow-ut) Visit

Third Monday Guest Visitors - Session II


of the month
Three English language learners
describe their experiences growing up
bilingual.

- Consider sociocultural needs of the


high school students and how it
applies to your students.
May Year-end Reflection on how to
improve program: A RoundTable
discussion.
June Looking to Next Year
• Celebrating the work between
mentors and mentees.
• Presentation to the Nations
Middle School faculty about
impact of professional
development for mentors and
mentees.
• Mentor interviews & mentee
interviews.
• Discussion about final
assessments
• How can this model be adapted
for expansion into the other
middle schools?
• Questionnaire #4 - Conduct
end-of-year questionnaire.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
269

A P P E N D IX K

After School Survey

Date:__________________________________________
Mentor Name:_________________________________
Mentee Name:_________________________________

Directions for both teachers and students:


In a continuing effort to provide after school clubs and support systems for students,
the RAP program would like to ask you to take a few minutes to share what YOU -
the student needs to meet their needs after school.

1. Have you joined the RAP program? If you have joined RAP, what do you like about it
that you would tell other friends?

2. If you don’t belong to RAP or you don’t want to join, please explain why...

Check all that apply:


______ 1 .1 would like to sign up, but I don’t know how to and I need someone to
explain it to me.

2 . 1 am not interested in the RAP clubs that are being offered this fall:

3 .1 am tired after school and I don’t like to stay until 5pm 3 days a week:

4 . 1 prefer to do my homework alone and by myself at home:

5 .1 have to take care of someone or I have a job after school so I must go home
at 2:30pm.

______ 6 . 1 need some help with long-term projects; if someone could help me with these
projects, I would stay after school.

7 .1 don’t have a computer or a computer printer that works at home and I wish I
could stay with someone in the A27 computer lab to do my work if there was a
teacher to help.

8. My friends don’t stay after school, so I don’t want to stay after school either.

9 .1 don’t really know what the clubs are like and my friends don’t either.

_10. Please explain if there is another reason why you wouldn’t like to stay after
school for RAP that isn’t listed above

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A P P E N D IX L

Massachusetts English Language Assessment - Oral

Massachusetts English Language Assessment - Oral (MELA-O)


Final Version September 1994

T he M E L A -0 is an o b se rv a tio n scale w h ich facilitates th e assessm ent o f E nglish lan g u ag e proficiency o f E nglish lan g u ag e learn ers in grades
K -1 2 . The M E L A -O is a 6 -p o in t scale to be used as p a r t o f a c o m p reh en siv e E nglish lan g u ag e assessm ent system . Placem en t a n d p ro g ra m m in g
decisions sh o u ld be b ased o n results o f b o th th e M E L A -O a n d assessm en t in o th e r lan g u a g e m o d alities (i.e., w ritin g a n d read in g ).

DIRECTIONS:
For each o f the domains and subdomains below, m ark an " X ” across the bo x th at best describes a student’s abilities.
Use black ink for the (all observation of MELA-O and red ink for the spring observation.
Use the Student Information Summary form on the reverse side to report the results of each observation.
C O M P R E H E N S IO N

N o d e m o n strate d R ecognizes sim p le qu estio n s U n d ersta n d s inte rp erso n al U n d ersta n d s/is c ap a b le of U n dersta nd n early all U n d ersta n d s inte rp erso n al
proficiency a n d c o m m an d s ; re sp o n d s to c o n v ersatio n w h en sp o k e n resp o n d in g to m o st inte r­ inte rpersonal a n d c o n v ersatio n s and
m o re co m p lex u tte ran c es t o slow ly a n d w ith fte q u e n t pe rso n a l a n d c lassro o m c lassro o m discussions, classro o m discussions
w ith in a p p ro p ria te o r repe titio n s; a cknow ledge­ disc ussions a n d inte rac tio n a lth o u g h occasional
in au d ib le resp o n ses m e n t m a y be non-verbal, w h e n fre quent repetitions m a y be
in the n a tiv e language o r c larifica tio n s a re given necessary
ta rg e t la nguage

N o d e m o n strate d Speech is lim ited to -an Uses fam ilia r sentences Begins to c r a te m ore novd Speech in inte rpersonal Speech in interpersonal con­
exch an g e o f fix ed verbal w ith re a so n ab le ease; long
F lu e n c y

proficiency sentences; speech t i interper­ a n d classroom m a n sio n s is versation and in, classroom
fo rm u lae {e.g. co m m on ly pau ses o r silence a te com ­ sonal and classroom (fisae- generally fluent, with discussions b approxim ately
used se n ten c es a n d phrases) m o n a n d ge stu res a re o ften sions is frequently tntenupted occasional b p e s while the stu­ th a t o f a native speaker of
o r single w o rd u tte ran c es used to illu stra te m eaning by a search (or the c o n e d dent searches for the correct the sa m e age
m anner o r exp re ssio n m a n n a of Depression

N o d e m o n stra te d H as lim ited co m m an d H as c o m m an d o f w o rd s (or H a s a d e q u a te v o cabulary Flow o f speech is rarely Use o f vocab u la ry a n d
proficiency o f iso late d v o c ab u la ry (or com m o n objectives/ activ i­ to p e rm it s o m e w h a t interrupted by inadequate idiom s a p p ro x im a te s th a t
V o c a b u la ry

co m m o n o b je cts a n d tie s bu t c h o ic e o f w o rd s is lim ite d disc ussion o f vocabulary, is capab le o f o f a n a tiv e spe ak e r o f the
activities b u t o ften in a p p ro p ria te fo r th e in te rp erso n al a n d rephrasing ideas and sam e age
z c o m p reh en sib ility is o ften ; situ atio n /co n tex t; c la ss ro o m to p ic s; usually thoughts to express m eaning
o .
difficult c o m preh en sibility rem a in s c om p re h en sib le
G
D
difficult
Q
Ot
a.
P r o n u n c ia tio n

N o d e m o n strate d Seldom intelligible a n d is Som etim es intelligible a nd U sually sp e ak s intelligibly Always intelligible with P ro n u n c iatio n a n d in to n a ­
proficiency strongly influenced by the is freq u en tly influenced by th o u g h w ith so m e sounds occasional napptopnate into­ tio n a p p ro x im a te s th a t o f
prim ary language, including th e p rim a ry language and still influenced by th e p ri­ nation patterns; slight influ­ a n a tiv e spe ake r o f th e
m to n atio n and w o rd stress; m u st re p e a t u tte ran c es to m a ry la n guage; frequently ence of die primary language sam e age
m ust repe at to b e u n derstood b e u n d e rsto o d ' ' use s n o n -n ativ e in to n a tio n may m il be observed
p a tte rn s

N o d e m o n strate d C ati p ro d u c e o nly O ften use s basic g ram m ar Uses basic g ra m m a r M ay m ake g ram m atica l G ra m m a tic al usage
G ra m m a r

proficiency m e m o rize d g ra m m a r an d pattern s correc tly for c o rrec tly ; uses c o m p le x ' erro rs; h o w ev e r they do a p p ro x im a te s th a t o f a
w o rd o r d e r form s sim ple fa m ilia r p hrases lang u ag e stru c tu re s th a t n o t obsc u re m eaoing n ative sp e ak e r of th e
an d se ntences a re o ften inc o rre ct Same age

T he M ELA -O is the result o f a co llab o rativ e effo rt betw een the E v aluation A ssistance C enter (EAC) E ast a t the G eorge W ashington U niversity and the M assachusetts Assessment A dvisory G ro u p (MA AG I.
triintetu is based o n the A m erican C o un cil (o t th e le a c h in g o f Foreign L anguages (AC TFL) G uidelines and m odeled on th e S tudent O ra l Language O bservation M atrix (SO L O M I developed by th e San
Jose (CA) Unified School D istrict (1985) a n d. the . .S tudent
. O ra l. -rto fieie
.• n cy -R ating (SOPR) designed by D evelopm ent A ssociates (1987). J u n e 2 0 0 3 M a s s a c h u s e tts D e p a r t m e n t o f E dduucc a tio
■’ n

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
271

APPENDIX M

Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching Mentor-Mentee Interview

Interview with NNN


8th Grade- ESL V

I sat down with NNN after school on Wednesday, October 11, 2005 to conduct

the interview. It was my pleasure to talk with NNN. I found her to be a very bright,

mature, young lady who was honest and open about her life. I learned many new things

about her and found that we have a lot in common.

Family

NNN came to this country four years and then months ago from Brazil. She was

nine at the time and entered into the third grade at NNN School in the bilingual program.

She spoke very little English at the time, but learned very quickly and moved through the

ESL program. She came to this town with her mother, father and brother because they

were seeking better educational opportunities.

Her uncle, her dad’s brother, was living in this town two years prior to NNN’s

arrival. He and his family helped to get NNN and her family settled. Her father came

over first from Brazil to get a job and find housing. Once that was completed, NNN and

her mother and brother soon followed. In Brazil, NNN’s mother worked as a culinary

teacher in a technical school. NNN has aspirations to follow in her mother’s footsteps and

would like to be a famous chef in Italy some day.

Now, both NNN’s parents work for a company called, Terumo Cardiovascular

Systems. Her eighteen year-old brother who graduated from MMMM High School last

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
272

APPENDIX M

Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching Mentor-Mentee Interview

year is taking a year off to work at Babies-R-Us before entering into college. When

NNN gets home from school at 3:30, she is by herself until her parents get home from

work at 4:30. She is responsible for doing her homework, cleaning the dishes, and

vacuuming occasionally. When all of her chores are done, NNN is allowed to go on the

computer. Her hobbies consist of swimming, basketball and watching the food network

with her mother.

Education

NNN was very candid about her family’s challenges, dreams and future goals.

She said that obtaining their green card was the biggest obstacle, but now they have it,

which allows them to travel freely back to Brazil. This December, NNN is going back to

visit family for the first time since she arrived four years ago. She is very excited.

Education is highly valued in her family; it is one of the main reasons why they

moved to the United States. NNN goal for the future is to go to a four-year culinary

college and be a chef in Italy. She plans to attend MMM school next fall to start her

training as a chef. NNN parents didn’t have an opportunity to attend college, but have a

strong desire to see NNN and her brother both college educated.

NNN grew up in the downtown area of Brasilia, the capital city of Brazil, where

the educational system was not very strong. All the schools were public and offered no

after-school enrichment programs, athletic clubs, or academic tutoring. In elementary

school, all academic subjects were taught by one teacher. The children received one

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
273

APPENDIX M

Introduction to Second Language Learning and Teaching Mentor-Mentee Interview

period of gym, art, music, etc. The academic day was split into two sessions: 7-12am or

3-8 pm. NNN opted to attend school from 3-8, which allowed her to be with her mother

during the day and at school when her mother worked in the evening. NNN recalled a

favorite teacher in third grade who helped her and took an interest in her life.

The principal of the school was the disciplinarian and the elementary schools

consisted of approximately 500 students ranging from grade 1-8. NNN recalls her school

day being somewhat easy. No homework was expected and she had recess for about an

hour each day. When she came to U.S.A and entered into MMM, she found the

educational system to be much different. The work was harder, and she was expected to

study and do homework. It took her a while to adjust to the expectations, but she did it.

Even though there have been times in NNN’s educational career that she has

suffer occasional setbacks, she is a strong-willed, mature young lady who has goals and

aspirations for the future. I know she’ll succeed in whatever she sets her mind to doing.

It was a great pleasure talking to NNN. I look forward to a productive, meaningful

relationship with her this year.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
274

APPENDIX N

Smoothed Causal Network: The Variables and Relationships Linking Training Activities and
Teacher Professional Growth with English language learners

R e so u r c e s Collegial Support

T im e

Year 1:
Connection to Study Teacher
school goals group Understanding
Mentoring meetings of Sociocultural,
»
Superintendent Program Linguistic, &
& Principal TA Instructional
support Formal Needs of Ells.
Classroom
Workshops
k
Year 2:
Cohort
participates in
Chart Explanation: Initiating an English Language formal classroom
Learner Study Group involves four ingredients: training:
resources, time, connection to school goals and Enriching
superintendent and principal support. The resources Content
include a group leader with ESL expertise, enthusiastic Curriculum for
teachers interested in increasing their understanding of Secondary
English language learners’ needs and improving their English Speakers
instructional practice. Time is necessary to support o f Other
formal classroom trainings, after school study group
Languages
meetings and the work between teachers and mentees in
the mentoring program. The professional development
of the formal classroom trainings, study group meetings
and mentoring program all depend on each other.
Collegial support must be a centerpiece of this program;
there must be trust and strong relationships cultivated
between the teachers and between the teachers and their
mentees. This study found that in year one the teachers
developed an understanding of the sociocultural,
linguistic and instructional needs of English language
learners. The researcher believes that in year two, a
formal classroom training that addresses effective

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

You might also like